presented to
library
ottbe
Iflniversit? of Toronto
l La-L.
GJLDERSLEEVE-LODGE LATIN SERIES
LATIN COMPOSITION
BASIL L^ILDEESLEEVE
PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY
AND
GONZALEZ LODGE
PROFESSOR OF LATIN AHD GREEK IN COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
SECOND EDITION
BOSTON, U.S.A.
D. 0. HEATH & CO., PUBLISHERS
1907
COPYRIGHT, 1899 AND 1904, BY
UNIVERSITY PUBLISHING COMPANY
PEEFACE
THIS manual consists of two parts. In the first part,
which is an expansion of Gildersleeve's Latin Exercise Book,
the student is practised in the various forms of the subor-
dinate sentence; in the second part he has to deal with con-
tinuous composition.
In both divisions the exercises are divided into fifteen
groups of four, arranged in the first part according to the
topics of study ; in the second part, according to the degree
of difficulty. The object of this division is to make it easy
for the teacher to use the book through four successive years
without repeating. In most schools thirty exercises will
occupy a full year : this book contains one hundred and
twenty.
The passages are frankly translated or adapted from ac-
cepted Latin models. The more arduous and more perilous
attempt to think English directly into Latin is reserved
for a more advanced stage, but it is hoped that the inci-
dental hints given in this book will be of some service to
those who are preparing for higher achievement and more
complete mastery.
The notes are intended to stimulate thought rather than
to help the student mechanically over difficult places. Hence
in many instances they also serve as exercises and involve
close grammatical study.
The senior collaborator has furnished the greater part of
iv PREFACE
the material; for the remainder, as well as for the notes,
the vocabulary, and the arrangement, the junior collaborator
is responsible.
BASIL L. GILDERSLEEVE.
GONZALEZ LODGE.
BALTIMORE AND BRYN MAWR, August 1, 18 ( J9.
IN the preparation of this new edition of the Latin Com-
position the authors are under especial obligations to Pro-
fessor Charles N". Cole of Oberlin College, who has made many
additions to the Notes of the First Part, and to the Vocabu-
lary, which has been enlarged by the inclusion of all the
proper names in the text. Professor Cole has also furnished
the references to the new editions of the grammars cited and
has thus greatly facilitated the use of the book.
In the Second Part a new Exercise has been substituted
for No. 115, and a number of errors corrected.
B. L. G.
G. L.
NEW YORK, May 1, 1904.
LATIN COMPOSITION
FIRST PART
SYSTEMATIC EXERCISES
GENERAL DIRECTIONS
THE student should read carefully the sections of the
Grammar given at the beginning of every set of exercises,
and should not begin writing until familiar with all the phe-
nomena of the constructions covered by the exercise. In
the introduction to every set of exercises attention is also
drawn to those peculiarities which are apt to escape the
notice of students, and these should be carefully studied.
Further information is given in the notes, the grammatical
references in which are collected at the end of the book.
The references in the headings are to Gildersleeve's Latin
Grammar, larger edition (1894), and to the grammars -of
Allen and Greenough (with references to the new edition of
1903 in parenthesis), Bennett, Hale and Buck, Harkness
(1898), Lane, and West ; the references in the notes are to
Gildersleeve's Latin Grammar exclusively.
1. INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.
G. 450-470 ; A. & G. 210-212, 334 (330-337, 573-576) ; B. 162, 300 ; fl.
378-380, 649-651; II. & B. 231-237, 507 (2), 537; L. 1499-1533,
1773-1791; W. 280, 281, 590-595.
In Direct Questions attention must be paid to the Inter-
rogative Particles and their position in the sentence ; to the
incomplete sentences introduced by an ; to phrases with an
with an affirmative force (457, 2).
In Indirect Questions notice especially the use of si after
verbs of Trial, expressed or implied. Observe also the use
of the Moods, and those phraseological expressions which
have the force of an interrogative but do not affect the Mood
(467, B. 1 and N.)-
4 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
A.
1. 1. Is there any one of all mankind 1 about whom you
have a better opinion ? 2 2. Were not the wretches compelled
to pay down the money ? 3. Did Hannibal carry on war against
the Romans from 3 hate ? Was his hatred unjust ? 4. You
will not be able to say that there was nothing in that letter to 4
injure Verres, will you ? 5. All wicked men are slaves ; or
is he free who is a slave 5 to his lusts ? 6. Have your forces
been diminished or theirs increased? 7. When I get 6 to
Rome and find out what the business 7 is, I will write to you
at what 8 time I shall return. 8. Write me whether Clodia
was alive or dead when her son died. 9. Urged by famine
and want the soldiers went secretly out of camp to try 9 if
they could find anything to 4 eat in the fields. 10. I am dis-
posed to think he will turn his wife out of doors. 11. It may
be that I did not understand you. 12. They took counsel in
what way the enemy was to be met. 10 13. He hesitated a
short time whether he should turn his march into Noricum.
14. What was 11 I to answer ? 15. It is extraordinary what
an amount of labor men spend on trifles. 16. With what
genius are you endowed that ia you hope to 13 obtain the
highest honors in the state ? 17. He came early in the morn-
ing. For what purpose ? 14 18. The senate said that they
did not see any reason 15 at all why the welfare of the state
should be intrusted to soldiers who had deserted their com-
rades in battle.
1 mortalis. 2 Use existimare and see 631, 2. 3 For the position of the
particle, see 678, R. 5. 4 631, 2. 6 Use verb. 6 What is the real time of
get ? see 244, R. 2. 7 369. 8 416, i ; 467, R. 2. 9 Remember that the verb
of Trial (460, i, b) is usually omitted. 10 217 and 467. n 466. "469. 13 A
verb of Hoping is a verb of Thinking (527, R. 2); be careful then of the
tense. " Use facere and see 470. 16 nihil videre.
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES 5
B.
2, 1. Did you not say that this was a good man ? 2. Is
the science of war nothing because a great commander some-
times runs ? 3. Is the nature of the whole business different l
now from what it was then ? 4. You remember those mag-
nificent temples which you saw in Italy ? or perhaps you are
too young to 2 remember them. 5. Is the world governed by
the providence of God or by chance ? 6. I want 3 you to
write me under what consuls 4 Clodius was Tribune of the
People. 7. He asked whether he was accustomed to walk
on 5 his hands. 8. What difference does it make whether I
come now or ten years hence 6 ? 9. The general began to
reconnoitre to see 7 whether he could attack the enemy in 8
the rear. 10. I am inclined to think that Hannibal was more
wonderful in adversity than in prosperity. 11. They did not
know what to seek 9 or what to avoid. 12. Should 10 you not
have replied that that could not happen unless the govern-
ment were overthrown 11 ? 13. Endymion fell asleep some
time or other in Latium. 14. There was a dispute as to
whether the war should be declared 9 by order of the people
or whether a decree of the senate was sufficient. 15. It is
past belief how much I surpass my master in good sense. 16.
You know what a troublesome creature Peter is. 17. I am
going to bed. For what purpose ? 12 18. Hieronymus asked
the Koman ambassadors what had 13 been the fortune of the
day at Cannae ; for what the ambassadors of Hannibal told
him was scarcely credible ; he wished to know what was the
truth 14 in order to determine which side to take. 15
1 alius ; 643 and N. 3. 2 298. 8 257, 2 ; volo is too peremptory. 4 469.
5 ' on ' is ' by.' 6 416, i. 7 Remember that the verb of Trial (460, i, ft) is
usually omitted. 8 417, i. 9 465 and 467. 10 258. n 667. 12 Use facere
and see 470. 13 = ' what fortune they had had ' (349). 14 369. 15 = ' which
hope to follow.'
6 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
a
3. 1. Are not my witnesses ignorant of many things that
you know ? 2. Did he not in the hearing l of the noble 2 Sul-
picius confess that he had been corrupted by you and led into 3
dishonesty by your promises ? 3. He could not any longer
be unlike himself/ could he ? 4. Does the senate think it a
crime to give an invitation 5 to luncheon ? o. Are you still
hesitating ? or do you not know the law of Solon, who laid the
death penalty 6 on any one who 6 in time of civil faction did
not belong to one party or the other ? 7 6. Are you ignorant
of the enemy or of yourselves or of the fortune of either
people ? 7. He asked the boy whether he wanted to go back
to his father. 8. Let me know 8 whether you will be long
at your country seat or not. 9. There was no reason why
you should undergo 9 so great labor. 10. An effort 10 was
made in the hope that n the brother of the accused might be
permitted to console him as 12 he was dying. 12 11. I am half-
inclined to think it better to travel abroad than to sit still
at home. 12. I doubt but he will turn his wife out of doors.
13. At first it was doubtful to us what we should 13 do.
14. Whither am 13 I to betake myself? 15. Somehow or
other the remedy is worse than the disease. 16. Whither
was he going that u you asked him so angrily whether his
mother knew he was out ? 17. Do not 15 keep back what you
have come to ask. 12 18. You will recognize at once what
sort 16 of a man he is.
1 Abl. Abs. a 302. 3 inducere. * 359, R. 1. 6 Use verb. 6 capite sancire
si quis. 7 'one or the other 'is a single word. 8 fac sciam. 9 capere.
10 = 'the thing was tried.' n Remember that the verb of Trial (here
Hope) is usually omitted ; 460, i, &. 12 Participle. 13 257. l4 469.
" 271, 2. " 468.
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES 7
D.
4. 1. Do. you not seem to be able to see with your very 1
eyes those things which you have heard ? 2. Did he really 2
seem to suspect his friend ? 3. You are not waiting until
Metellus gives 3 his testimony ? 4. I am eager to hear what
you think ; or have you forgotten what I said at the be-
ginning ? 5. Does wisdom alone make us happy or not ?
6. You will know when it will be, if you will instruct 4 your
servant to inquire. 7. I wonder what was the reason why
you changed your plan. 8. You will perceive whether they
really 2 think so 5 or only make believe. 6 9. Will you never
understand that you must decide whether they are murderers
or the champions of our liberty ? 10. I opened the package
to see 7 whether there was a letter to me in it. 11. I have
sent you a copy of my letter to Gains, because I am half-
inclined-to-think it would have been 8 better not to have
written it. 12. Is not the man who is without fear, suffer-
ing, and 9 passion happy ? 13. Was 10 1 to kill the impudent
varlet ? 14. It was a matter of doubt whether Mamilius or
the consuls should save the citadel. 15. Archimedes was
killed by some soldier or other who did not know 11 who he
was. 16. What madness has seized him that 12 he comes to
my house daily ? 17. I crossed the ocean. To see what? 13
18. Which party u seems to have made the attack ? 15 those
who had no reason for making it, or those who confess that
they did make it ?
1 Omit. a The improbability of the fact is not emphasized in Latin.
3 572, B. 2 ; be careful of the tense. 4 negotium dare, which is equal to a
verb of ordering ; for the tense, see 244, R. 2, 5 id. simulo. 7 Observe
that the verb of Trial (here Seeing) is usually omitted ; 460, i, b. 8 597,
B. 5 (a); but see R. 3 (a). "481,2. 10 258. " ignarus. "469; use
capere. 13 See 470. 14 Express by the pronoun. 1B Use verb.
2. OBJECT AND CAUSAL SENTENCES.
G. 523-542; A. & G. 333, 321, 272, 288 (572, 540, 459, 462, 579, 455
(i and 2), 497 (rf)); B. 299, 329-334, 270, 285, 286; H. 611, 613-620,
588; H. & B. 551-555, 586-590, 593-597, 605 (i and 4), 535 (2, a and
6); L. 1838-1858, 2172-2236; W. 544-549, 622-636.
In Object Clauses notice the difference between quod, ut,
and the Ace. with the Infinitive, and the verbs which may
take more than one of these constructions (525, i, N. 5 ; 532
and N. 1). Especially important is the variation in verbs
of AVill (532 and NN.)-
In Causal Sentences notice the usage of the various parti-
cles, quod^quia^ etc., with their moods, and he careful with
regard to the Rejected Reason (541, N. 2). Distinguish also
between quod Causal and the Inf. after verbs of Emotion
(542, R. ; 533).
OBJECT AND CAUSAL SENTENCES 9
A.
5. . 1 . Are you sorry or glad that your mother-in-law has
hanged herself ? 2. The legions thanked 1 the general for
having expressed so good an opinion 2 of them. 3. Xerxes
thanked Damaratus for having been the only one 3 to tell
him 4 the truth. 4. Africanus used to praise Xenophon
for saying that the same labors were not equally hard on
commander and private soldier. 5. That he, who though
victorious 5 at Cannae had not dared 6 to go toward Rome,
should after having been repulsed from Capua have con-
ceived the hope of possessing 7 himself of the city ! 6. The
greatest advantage 8 of old age is that it does not long greatly
for pleasure. 7. As for your exhorting me to be hopeful, 9
I would have you know 10 that the condition of the state is
now such that we must fear that it will soon succumb to the
machinations of the revolutionists. 8. Laelius was called
the wise, not because he did not 11 understand what was the
most pleasant thing in the world but because he considered
it of slight value. 9. We read that Mithridates hated the
Romans because by their arrival his power had 12 been shat-
tered. 10. Will you complain that the defendant is being
beset, 13 because the accuser is unwilling to speak as long
as he is allowed ? 11. We will ask Fabius to mollify the
feelings of the Allobroges, since the Fabian 14 name is very
influential with 15 them. 12. Suetonius tells us that Caesar
pulled down a country house which had been built at great
expense because it did not wholly suit 16 him. 13. The king
would 17 not make peace because he thought that the Aeto-
lians would never keep quiet.
1 Observe the difference between gratiam habere, ' to feel grateful,' and
gratias agere, ' to express gratitude, to thank.' 2 ' express an opinion,'
indicium facere ; ' so good,' Superlative (802). 3 325, R. 6. 4 521 ; could
the demonstrative also be used? B victor ; 609. 6 G31, i. 7 427, N. 5.
*laus. 9 spern habere. 10 scito. "541, N. 2. Laelius did understand.
12 518. 13 circumvenire. " = ' of the Fabii.' 15 416, 4. 16 Use exsententia
esse and modify the sentence accordingly. 17 When is ' would ' nolle and
when the Impf. Indicative ?
IO LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
B.
6. 1. I am glad that you have got well. 2. I thank * you
for having come to my assistance. 3. We regret that we
do not know when we shall see you. 4. The generals of the
king of Persia 2 sent ambassadors to Athens to complain that
Chabrias was waging war on the king in concert with the
Egyptians. 5. To think that he should have entertained
such cruel projects ! 3 6. The fact that the Carthaginians
then for the first time 4 transported an army to Sicily seemed
in no way to concern 5 the Roman state. 6 7. Did anyone
ever thank the gods because he was a good man ? 8. The
circumstance that Isocrates was hindered from 7 speaking in
public by the weakness of his voice did not prevent him
from 7 being considered a distinguished orator. 9. Inasmuch
as his youth and his modesty hinder 8 his speaking he has
handed his case over to me. 10. You have done me a great
favor in writing me what 9 has happened in the city. 11.
I pray the gods that the baby may live long, since the
father has a kindly heart. 12. Prepare for war since ye
have been unable to endure peace. 13. Admirably does
Plato call pleasure a bait for 10 the bad, for by it men are
caught as fish by a hook. 14. We have been warned to be
on our guard against 11 being picked up by highwaymen,
because they will get to the regions which we are making
for sooner than we can. 15. I have decided to 12 write you
these things, not because I think that they escape your no-
tice, but because under your load 13 of grief you see them
less clearly.
1 See above, Ex. 5, Note 1. 2 The ' king of the Persians ' or ' the Persian
king.' 3 The neut. adj. or res is often represented by a more special word
in English; to 'entertain' is to 'think.' 4 325, R. 7. 5 pertinere. 6 res
Romana. 7 548, 549; notice the effect of the negative. 8 impediments
esse. 9 Whether quid or quod ? 467, R. 2. 10 ' For ' is also a translation for
the Gen. (363, R. 1 .) " 548, N. 3. ia 546 ; but observe that a verb of Will
is usually not followed by a Subjv. when the two verbs have the same
subject. " Added for effect ; the Roman would omit 'load' and use $
Participle like impeditus.
OBJECT AND CAUSAL SENTENCES II
c.
7. 1. I am astonished at your not having been beaten 1 by
your own servants. 2. Valerius used to praise the good
fortune 2 of Brutus in having found his death 3 while fight-
ing for 4 his country. 3. A certain merchant boasted that
he had despatched many ships to every seacoast. 4. I, whom
some consider the father of my country, I bring hordes of
outlandish -foreigners 5 to devastate Italy ! 5. The greatest
argument is that nature herself though 6 silent gives judg-
ment about the immortality of the soul, in that it is a matter
of the greatest concern 7 to all what is going to happen after
death. 6. I thank 8 thee, great Sun, that before I depart 9
this life I see Africanus in my kingdom. 7. It 10 was a gift
of fortune that Atticus was born in a city in which was the
seat of empire of the world ; it 10 was a proof of his good
sense that he was dear to the Athenians above n all others.
8. Most seafarers of antiquity 12 were at first pirates because
piracy was not regarded as 13 a crime. 9. Damaratus fled
from Corinth to Tarquinii because he could not endure the
tyrant Cypselus. 10. I wish you would write me what an-
swer he has given in my case, 14 not that the promise will
do me any good 15 but because I shall be able to say thai/
there is nothing that I have 16 not tried. 11. The decision
of the struggle 17 was doubtful, rather because the enemy
had made a sudden charge than because he was a match in
strength. 12. I am entering upon the remainder of the
speech with great hope, since I have now passed over the
most dangerous place.
1 214, R. i. 2 'Fortune' is good or bad according to the context.
3 mortem occumbere. * 345, R. 2. 6 barbarus ; a foreigner' is usually
peregrinus when no contempt is felt. 6 667. 7 curae esse. 8 See above,
Ex. 5, Note 1. 9 migrare. 10 307, R. 1. " 303. " antiquus. 13 habere;
is the Dative (356, R. 2) or the Ablative with pro to be used ? 14 That is,
'concerning me.' 15 prodesse. 16 631, 2. "The 'struggle' and the
' decision ' were not divided in the Roman's mind.
12 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTHUCTIONS
D.
8, 1. He was indignant at being envied 1 by his own
brothers. 2. Alcibiades is praised for his justice and in-
tegrity, but blamed for having, from lust of vengeance,
betrayed his country to the Lacedaemonians. 3. You are not
sorry that 2 I have brought the enemy across ? 4. The idea
of your having done anything that would 3 benefit the hu-
man race ! 5. That there is a god we conclude 4 from the
fact that the belief in 5 god is innate in all. 6. Children
do well to keep nothing from their parents. 7. Nothing did
more 6 to destroy the maritime cities of Carthage and Corinth
than that in their desire 7 for trade and navigation they had
given up agriculture and arms. 8. The consuls were given up
to the Samnites because they had 8 made peace with the
Samnites and allowed 9 the legions to pass under the yoke.
9. Seeing that the life which we enjoy is short we ought to
make our 10 memory as long as possible. 11 10. The Stoics
think that an honorable life is to be preferred, not that
that life is more blessed but because it is more in accord 12
with nature. 11. Fabius did not wish his son to be made
consul, not that he lacked confidence 13 in his distinguished
virtues, for he was an excellent man, but in order that this
high office 14 should not be kept 13 in one family. 12. A
captive, having gone from the camp by permission of
Hannibal, returned soon afterwards because as he said 16 he
had forgotten something. 13. Is it because maladies of the
mind are less harmful than those of the body, or because
while 17 bodies can be cared for 18 there is no medicine for
minds, that no attention 19 must be paid to them ?
1 217. a The negative indicates that the suggestion is a false one ; see
541, N. 2. 3 631. 4 efficere, which in this sense is a verb of Saying.
6 A substantive in model Latin has, as a rule, but one case construc-
tion ; 360. 6 magis. 7 cupidus. 8 The fact or the reason assigned by
the senate 9 on this depends the mood. 9 Use mittere and see 664, R. 1 .
10 304, 2. " 303. w accommodatus. 13 diffidere. " magistratus. 15 con-
tinuare. " Express by the mood. " Concession and opposition are often
expressed by simple coordination, without con junction, "curare, "curatio.
3. FINAL SENTENCES.
G. 543-550; A. & G. 317, 318, 331 (529-532, 533, 558 (6), 563-566); B.
282, 295, 296 (2); H. 564-568; H. & B. 502 (2, 3, 4), 511 (2); L.
1947-1964, 1974-1979; W. 506-518.
In Final Sentences pay attention to the particles employed,
and especially the combination of the Negative (543, 4).
Observe the different constructions when the verb of Will is
a verb of Saying (546, K. 1), and notice 546, N. 3. Study
the influence of the Negative on the construction after verbs
of Hindering. Notice the tenses used in 546-9, and contrast
with those in 550.
13
14 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
A.
9. 1. I have toiled to get l the prisoners spared. 2. There
are letters extant from 2 Philip to 3 Alexander in which he
advises that he win the hearts of the masses to love him 4 by
kind language. 3. Metellus persuaded the envoys of Jugurtha
to deliver to him the king alive or 5 dead. 4. I readily con-
vinced him that I was not free 6 to do what 7 he asked. 5. A
great mind is convinced that a man ought neither to admire
nor desire nor seek after anything but 8 what is honorable and
becoming. 6. Caesar gave orders before the engagement for
the horses to be removed in order that 9 the hope of flight
might be taken away thereby. 9 7. I omit to name many who
are worthy of praise in order that no one 10 may complain
that he is passed by. 8. Herod gave orders for the children
to be n slain. 9. I am prevented by grief from writing more
to you. 10. The humble origin of Marius and Cicero did
not stand in the way of their working up to the consulship.
11. lie said that while 12 quaestor at Ephesus he had been
forcibly 13 prevented from taking his slave out of the temple
of Diana. 12. Those fortifications did not deter the Roman
leader from ordering the infantry to break through. 13. I
was worried for fear u that I had let 15 something disgraceful
come to my charge. 15 14. I fear that he has not received the
letter. 15. In view of his having made friends 16 with the
masses by his liberality,, 17 he is not afraid that he has not
won the Senate by his exceptional services to 18 the state.
1 This word merely emphasizes the Design in English; be careful of
the Sequence. 2 ' Philip ' is to be construed with ' letters ' ; what case ?
360, R. 1. *ad; 345, R. 2. 4 That is, 'to goodwill.' 5 493, 3. 6 Use
licere and remember 546, R. 1. 7 467, R. 2. 8 591, b, 2, 610 and
545, 2. 10 Be careful of the Negative. u 532, N. 1. 12 A substantive or
adjective has the same function as a participle (664) in expressing sub-
ordinate relations. 18 399, N. 1. M Involved in the conjunction. 1 Use
the passive of admittere. 16 Use placare. 17 munera. 16 418, i.
FINAL SENTENCES
B.
10, 1. Before old age let us see to it 1 that we live well,
in old age that we die well. 2. The general ordered his
men to march as far as possible 2 to the left that they might
not be seen from any quarter. 3 3. No one can afford in any
case to be indifferent 4 to what he has made up his mind is
an evil. 4. I am persuaded that against Sulla's preferment
I owed you as much as you ventured to demand of me, but
that against his safety I owe you nothing. 5. Birds of prey 5
are endowed with a very keen vision in order that they may
be able to see their prey from a great distance. 6 6. Tarqui-
nius Superbus determined to choose no one senator that the
estate might be the more 7 despised by reason of its meagre
numbers. 7. The conspirators bound themselves by a solemn 8
oath that no 9 one should divulge the thing. 8. I will not
hinder that being done. 9. The night and the booty delayed
the enemy from making full 10 use of their victory. 10. Much
may stand in the way of the accomplishment n of your en-
deavors. 11. No one's unfriendly edict shall prevent me from
defending your rights. 12. They were prevented by the
bravery of the Italian legion from being pushed into the
intrenchment by the Othonians, though 12 these were fewer
in numbers. 13. I fear that I am troublesome. 14. Are
you afraid that 'you will 13 not be able to contend against
Hortensius ? 15. I fear that I have preached my sermons 14
to deaf ears. 10. I fear that Zeno, who thinks that a life of
blessedness 15 depends 16 on virtue alone, attributes more to
virtue than nature allows.
1 curare. 2 303. 3 Use necunde. 4 'afford to neglect,' non curare.
5 rapax. 6 Express by longinquus in a phrase. 7 545, 2. 8 Included in
the substantive. " Be careful of the Negative. 10 Unnecessary in Latin.
11 Express by a verb. 12 See above, Ex. 9, Note'12. 13 As an expression
of Fear involves Futurity, there is no occasion to express ' will ' in Latin.
"praecspta canere. 16 Use beatus. 18 poni in.
l6 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
c.
11. 1. The father begged each individual 1 senator with
tears 2 to spare his son ; afterwards he begged and besought
the opposite party not to attack his son. 2. Alexander
made an edict that no one should paint him 3 except Apelles.
3. Pompey reminded me that 4 I had promised him not to
go into the senate until I had finished the business. 4. You
can persuade no one that you were so foolish as to desire the
slaves of Ausonius and Ballio to enrich themselves at your
risk 5 and your children's. 5. Isocrates used to write speeches
for others to use in court. 6. No sensible man punishes
because a sin has been committed but to prevent 6 its com-
mission. 7 7. We demand that you determine nothing about
the accused in his absence 8 without investigation of the
case. 9 8. The army begged Alexander with tears to put an
end to the war. 9. That matter did not deter me from
sending a letter to you. 10. It was the fault of 10 the general
that the blow received at 11 Cannae was not repaid to the
enemy. 11. They are hindered by no fault of their own from
setting forth the faults of a neighbor. 12 12. I do not think
you ought to be deterred from changing your opinion if you
deem it right to-do-so. 13 13. I do not fear that the enemy
will not be conquered. 14. I was not afraid that I should be
unable to sustain the weight 14 of your innumerable favors
to 15 me. 15. What? was it this that I was afraid of, that
if I were dealt 16 with according to the customs 17 and insti-
tutions of our -forefathers I should not be able to face it ? 18
1 unusquisque with Genitive. a Participle. 3 521. 4 Be careful of 546,
R. 1. B periculo. 6 This is involved in the conjunction. 7 Employ a
verb. 8 Participle. 9 ' Without ' is frequently to be translated by the
Abl. Abs. as here. 10 per aliquem stare; 548, N. 1. " Distinguish be-
tween 'at' meaning 'at' and 'at' meaning 'in the neighborhood of '
13 alienus. 1S Omit. J4 Involved in the verb svsfinere, and hence to be
left untranslated. 15 ' To,' meaning ' towards,' is ad, adversus, ergo*. *
according to the connection. I6 agere cum. "Singular 18 praesentem
sustinen; 667, "Omit.
FINAL SENTENCES 1 7
D.
12, 1. Beware of considering the well known as unknown.
2. Lucullus says with regard to his history l which he had
written in Greek, 2 that in order to prove more readily that
it was the work 3 of a Roman he had inserted certain sole-
cisms. 3. I am convinced that this thing will be rather to 4
your credit than to your discredit. 4. I have always been
convinced that a man's fortune was to be estimated in the
light 5 of his acts, not of their results. 5. The men-of-
Clusium 6 sent ambassadors to Rome to beg the senate for
help. 6. The thirty tyrants sent emissaries to kill Alcibiades.
7. The proconsul Metellus avoided the sight of Marius, who
was his successor 7 in order not to see a low-born fellow with
the consular power and the fasces. 8. A law was passed that
no one should be accused of past offences nor fined therefor. 8
9. Let "me perish rather than be a burden 4 to you. 10. No
citizen 9 seemed to have any just excuse for not being
present. 11. I do not deter you from changing your
opinion. 12. I think that up to this time the winter has
kept us from getting certain news 10 of how you were faring. 11
13. He was deterred by the advice of his friends from enter-
ing the city as conqueror. 12 14. I fear that if I give this
letter to him he will 13 open it. 15. He was afraid that he
would not be able to support that storm 14 with his own
resources. 16. We are afraid that we may seem to have
served not the interest of the others but our own. 17. Those
who envy Caesar pretend to be afraid that he may not be
able to restrain himself.
2 Plural. 2 Oraece. 3 366 and R. 1. 4 356. 6 402. Clusini. T alicui
in locum or in locum alicuius succedere. 8 Omit. ' Dative. 10 cerium
habere. " agere. 12 Apply to ' city ';' conquered (territory). ' "Fu-
turity is involved in the conception of Fear ; hence ' will ' need not be
expressed in the Latin, " tempestas.
4. CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES.
G. 551-558; A. & G. 319, 332 (536-538, 558, 559, 568-571, 580 (d\ 462 (a));
B. 284, 297, 298, 268(6); H. 570, 571, 595, 596; H. & B. 519 (3 and 4),
521 (2 and 3), 503 (ft); L. 1965-1970, 1980-1990; W. 519-528.
Attention should be paid to the Negatives (54.3, 4), and to
the tenses that can be used, as compared with the tenses of
the Final Sentences. Of particular importance is 513. Com-
pare the constructions with quin and those with quominus in
the previous group, and study the effect of the Interrogative
Sequence (555, 2, and R. 1). Important also is the parallel
use of the Infinitive in this class of sentences (553, 2, N. ;
553, 4, R. 2; 557 and 422).
18
CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES 19
A.
13, 1. The severity of the sickness makes us need medi-
cine. 2. He ought to be a greater 1 friend to me than to
those men who have always been bitter 2 enemies to us, and 3
by whose artifices it has been brought about that the state
is 4 in its present 5 condition. 3. Some animals, as for
instance 6 the tiger and the hyena, are so savage that they
cannot be tamed in any way. 4. It is not right that envy
should be an attendant of worth. 5. I do not doubt that Cae-
sar has arrived at Brundusium. 6. No one doubted that he
was 7 to be restored to his kingdom by the senate and the
Roman people. 7. There is no one of you but perceives
that the Roman people is at this time suffering .from 8 the
cruelty bred-by-the-civil-war. 9 8. He thought that he ought
not to hesitate to enter a decisive 10 engagement. 9. I do
not think that you fail to observe n that in times of civil
strife men ought to follow the more honorable side. 12 10. So
far were our soldiers from being disturbed by the reverse
that they made sallies in force whenever fortune gave them
the opportunity. 11. The desire of driving the Romans from
Sicily went so far 13 that even the besieged u at Syracuse
plucked up courage. 12. It happened that both consuls
came to Praeneste on the same day. 13. Our men overhauled
them and defeated them so completely that of the whole
number of ships very few succeeded-in-getting-to 15 land
under cover of 16 the darkness. 14. Dolabella was so forget-
ful of the claims 17 of humanity that he exercised his cruelty
not only on the living but on the dead.
1 That is, 'more friendly.' 2 Superlative. 3 The conjunction is usually
omitted between two relatives referring to the same antecedent. 4 Watch
the Sequence ; 511, R. 3. 5 305. 6 ut. 1 The Subjunctive after quin may
be an original one ; that is, maybe the answer to an implied Deliberative
Question and hence be translated 'is to be,' by itself. 8 Use laborare.
g domesticus. 10 pugna decertare. n aliquem fugere, 'to escape a man's
notice.' 12 pars. 13 adeo procedere. 14 024, R. 15 =' reached'; success
is involved in the tense. 18 = ' by the intervention of night.' 17 Human-
ity' involves 'the claims of humanity.'
2O LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
B.
14, 1. It is by loyal service that 1 you have brought it about
that no one is z dearer to the prince than you. 2. It happened
accidentally that we met the line of march. 3. The enemy
rushed up so quickly that the people 3 in the fields were sur-
prised. 4. There arose a violent storm so that we could not
leave the harbor. 5. It is true that Scipio surpassed all 4
other generals in good luck ; it is not to be denied that
Hannibal excelled Scipio in skill. 6. I do not doubt that a
ruinous war is impending. 7. I see that no one doubts that
in Sicily Verres made spoil of everything sacred and profane.
8. Was there any one who did not weep ? any one who did
not take such a view of their calamity as to judge their
danger to be common to all ? 9. He heard the voices of all
saying 5 that they ought 6 not to wait any longer before going
into camp. 10. In 7 the strife that arose he barely escaped 8
being killed by the exiles. 11. So far from his changing
my plan, I think he himself ought 6 to be heartily sorry for
having given up 9 his own. 12. Twenty-five jurymen were
so brave as to have preferred to perish themselves rather 10
than ruin the state. 13. Their resources increased to such
a degree that none n of their neighbors dared to take up
arms. 14. The disagreement became so great that finally
Trebellius fled to Vitellius after 12 being deserted by all the
cavalry. 15. Her face was immediately bathed 13 in tears, so
that you might 14 readily have known that it was due 15 to
longing for you.
'The use of 'that' is peculiar to English. 2 511, R. 3. 8 624, R.
* ceteri. 6 This is involved in the word 'voice.' 6 Study the difference
between oportere, debere, and the Gerundive. 7 = ' a struggle having
arisen.' 8 hand multum abesse. * decedere de. 10 This is involved in
the verb. " ' None ' exhausts the list. 12 665. a suffundere. "The
Subjv. after ut may be original : 258, 1& fieri.
CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES 21
c.
15. 1. It often happens that the most perspicacious man
fails l to notice what lies before his eyes. 2. It is owing 2 to
your dilatoriness that Hannibal has had Italy as a province
for more than 3 nine years and has lived there longer than in
Carthage. 3. Manners 4 and customs are so different that
the Cretans deem it honorable to practise highway robbery.
4. It is rare for a man to respect his own judgment suf-
ficiently. 5. I did not doubt that we could accomplish the
journey. 6. I did not doubt that my brother and myself
ought 5 to make our way to Brundusium. 7. No one catches
sight of him without 6 uttering a groan, no one makes
mention of him without cursing him. 8. He thought the
barbarians would not refrain from pressing forward into
Italy. 9. There is not lacking the suspicion 7 that he com-
mitted suicide. 10. So far were the ancient Eomans from
luxury that they used to swear at the Megalensian games not
to take 8 any wine except that 9 of their country. 11. The
army was so cut to pieces that out of eighteen thousand men
not more than 10 two thousand escaped. 12. The effect 11 of
the omen was such that Dionysius began to reign a few days
later. 13. The city was in such a desperate state 12 that not
more than ten days' provisions remained in the granaries.
14. Such a mixed multitude of people had filled all the roads
that you would have said 13 that all Africa was 14 suddenly
forsaken. 15. All singers have this weakness, that when
asked they can never bring themselves 15 to sing, but when
not asked 16 never leave off.
1 fallere aliquem. 2 fieri. 3 294. 4 instituta vitae. B The Subjv.
after quin may be original ; thus, ' ought we to make our way ? ' would
benosconferamus? 6 556. 7 As suspicio is a word of Thinking, we may
have two constructions here, according as you regard abest or suspicio.
* uti. 9 308, 3. 10 29G, R. 4. " vim Jiabere, 'to have value, effect.'
12 discrimine nutare, 'to be at a critical state.' 13 258. 14 Be careful of
the English tense. 15 animum inducere, 16 = * unbidden,'
22 LATIN' COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
D.
16, 1. The proconsul took many cities and plundered the
temples of the gods ; and 1 hence it came about that he had
a superabundance of gold and silver. 2. If this statement is
not true, it follows that it is false. 3. Only l so much meat
and drink is to be taken 2 as to restore the strength, 3 not over-
power it. 4. If divine providence contemns tribes and
nations, what wonder is it that the whole human race is
despised by it ? 5. We did not doubt that the house had been
adjudged to us. 6. There is no doubt that they will make him
dictator. 7. Out of all this number I say there was no one,
who was at Rome, that did not take up arms and follow the
consul. 8. On the day before 4 the Germans could not be
restrained from casting their javelins at our troops. 9.
When 5 our ambassadors demanded satisfaction 6 they hardly
refrained 7 from maltreating them. 10. So far from grieving
that his mother-in-law was dead, he got up a party 8 three
days after she was buried. 11. All the roads were blocked
with cavalry so that of that great multitude scarcely a thou-
sand got off. 12. The soldiers-of-the-first-legion 9 became so
riotous that certain of them actually 10 hurled stones at Gal-
ba's effigies. 13. The storm hid the king in so dense a cloud
that it completely 10 cut off the view of him from the assem-
bly. 14. So many ships were collected that you would have n
thought that all the forests of Italy had not been sufficient
for building so great a fleet. 15. The former kings nil OH! in
such a way that all in succession 12 are counted as founders
of parts of the city.
'Unnecessary in Latin. 2 adhibere. 9 That is, 'powers.' 4 pridie
with Genitive. 8 665. 6 res repetere. 7 Use haud procul abesse. *'con-
vivium. 9 primanus. 10 Translate by the tense. " The Subjv. after ut
may be original ; 258. " deinceps.
5. ANTECEDENT AND ITERATIVE ACTION.
G. 560-567; A. & G. 324 (543); B. 287; H. 602; II. & B. 557, 558, 484;
L. 1923-1934, 1885-1887; W. 529-532.
In Antecedent Action the most important matter to notice
is that the most common Particle is postquam and the most
common tense the Perfect. The other tenses follow definite
principles which should be carefully weighed. Consider
what the reference "to the spectator means. In Iterative
Action bear the Mood well in mind and the Tense law, and
be on your guard against the vagueness of the English man-
ner of expression.
24 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
A.
17. 1. When the war was finished the consul returned to
Rome and triumphed. 2. As soon as he heard that I had
reached Dyrrachium he dismissed : his lictors and came to
me immediately. 3. The very Campanians, as I used to hear
related, as soon as they caught sight of you, refused to have a
Campanian as consul. 4. When not only the forage had
been cut off, but the foliage of the trees was also found ~
to be failing, Pompey thought that he ought to make some
effort. 3 5. As soon as Appius saw that no one was coming
to consult 4 him he hurried home and wrote to his colleagues
in the camp. 6. Three days after the king came he drew up
his -forces in line of battle, but after the battle began his
line gave way. 7. The garrison surrendered forty-seven
days after we began to besiege them. 8. The Romans
only got possession of the town forty days after they
reached it. 9. Ambassadors came from Bocchus the fifth
day after the barbarians had fought their second unsuccess-
ful 5 battle. 10. When they hear you they think that you
are silly. 11. Physicians employ remedies for even the
smallest part of the body if it suffers. 6 12. When we see
swallows we think that summer is beginning. 13. As soon
as he ever set foot outside of his threshold he surpassed
almost every one in dignity. 14. Whenever the enemy made
an attack on any 7 part they forced our men to give ground.
15. So much greater calamity did Verres bring upon Sicily
than Hannibal that whereas 8 in the former 9 time every field
was plowed as soon as the enemy was subdued, now after the
departure of this plague no one was found willing 10 to plow.
1 664, R. 1. a Varying expressions, such as * found, perceived, saw,' and
the like, are used to indicate the Spectator (562). s Use conari and see
333, i. 4 331, R. 3. B male pugnare, * to fight an unsuccessful battle.'
"Be careful of the ambiguity of the English Present. 7 Use gui-
cumque, 'whichever.' 8 Use autem to introduce the second part of the
contrasted Kesults. 9 307. 10 ' to plow of his own accord' (aim
voluntate).
ANTECEDENT AND ITERATIVE ACTION 2$
B.
at. c.xr-7 18. 1. After the soldiers had gained the victory they left
the vanquished nothing. 1 2. As soon as they heard that
Valerius was being despatched to them, although he had not
yet set out from Italy they drove Cotta out of the town.
3. He left him as soon as he could and departed from the
province. 4. After he saw 2 that the men were unwilling to
renew the fight he withdrew into winter quarters. 5. As
soon as they perceived that the soldiers stood in line on
either side, 3 the leaders came forth into the space between.
6. As soon as he found that the consul was drawing nigh 4
with his army, he moved his camp now towards the city,
now towards Gaul. 7. Gnaeus Scipio was killed eight years
after he came to Spain and twenty-nine days after the
death of his brother. 8. He laid 5 down his office on the
eighteenth day after he had been created dictator. 9. In
the three hundred and second 6 year after Rome was founded
the form of the government was changed for the second
time. 10. Fortune for the most part 7 makes those blind
whom she embraces. 11. When we see the labor of animals
in rearing their young we seem to hear the voice of nature
herself. 12. The heart of the victim will disappear 8 as soon
as you have 9 sprinkled meal and wine upon it. 13. As often
as each cohort charged a great number of the enemy fell.
14. Young ducks 10 leave the hens by which they have been
hatched as soon as they are able to see the water. 15. Epi-
curus teaches us that every living creature, as soon as it is
born, reaches out after pleasure and rejoices in it as the
greatest good.
1 nihil reUqui facere, 'to leave nothing' ; 369, E. 2. a The spectator
is often indicated by employing ' saw, found,' and the like (562). 3 utrim-
qne. * adrentare. 6 se abdicare. 6 96, 5 : ' for the second time,' iterum
is preferred to secundum. 7 plerumque. 8 abscedere. Be careful of
the ambiguity of the English Perfect. 10 Pulli anatum.
26 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
a
19. 1. As soon as our forces had taken their stand on
dry ground they made an attack on the enemy. 2. As soon
as he came into the city he gave orders that they should pull
down the statue and carry it off to Messana. 3. When l
Scipio said this he suddenly caught sight of Furius coming,
and as soon as he had saluted him laid hold 2 of him in the
most cordial 3 manner and seated 4 him on his sofa. 4. As
soon as they found 5 that there was slight hope of defending
the town. they took 2 their goods and left it. 5. Finally
when no trace of the enemy could be 6 perceived anywhere,
they began their march, not long before sunset. 6. After
I tell 7 you what I think you ought to believe me. 7. Conon
was recalled to his country four years after he was ban-
ished. 8. Tyre was taken in the seventh month after the
siege began. 9. She expired the fifth day after she had
made up her mind 8 to die. 10. Crocodiles seek the water
as soon as they are 7 able to move. 9 11. Women in India
when the husband of any one dies enter into a contest
which 10 one he loved most. 12. As soon as he entered any
town he immediately sent out these hounds to track out
everything. 13. The general did not leave the standing
camp except when want of forage forced him to change his
position. 14. Whenever n you come to my house you will
find a bed ready. 15. I bear in mind 12 that Scaevola used
daily as soon as it was light to give 13 every one an oppor-
tunity of meeting him.
l cum; 585. 2 664, R. 1. 3 That is, 'friendly.' 4 ponere ; 385, R. 1.
5 See Note 2 of the previous exercise. 6 'Could ' with the Negative shows
the effort (283, especially N. 1). 7 Be careful of the ambiguity of the
English Present. b statuere. g se movere. 10 An interrogative clause is
not necessarily preceded by n verb of Asking. " si quando. 12 memoria
teneo; 281, 2, N. 13 facere potestatem.
ANTECEDENT AND ITERATIVE ACTION 2/
D.
20. 1. As soon as I got to Home I thought there was
nothing I had to do sooner l than to congratulate you. 2. As
soon as he caught sight of the consul Lentnlus he fainted
almost on the. threshold of the senate-house. 3. From the
time 2 that I set out with the army I have never set foot in the
house. 4. After I have thought out a plan you ought to
try 3 it. 5. As soon as Labienus found 4 that neither the
ramparts nor the ditches could withstand the attack of the
enemy he informed Caesar. 6. As soon as it was learned 4
that the envoys were nearing Rome the senate was consulted
by Bestia. 7. About fifty years after Themistocles left
Athens because 5 he could not defend it Pericles refused to
do the same thing although he held nothing but the walls.
8. Aristides was restored to his country about 6 six years
after he had been expelled. 9. Petelia was taken by storm 7
by Himilco several months after the siege began. 10. These
birds ward off the plague from Egypt by killing 8 the winged
snakes which are blown in from the Libyan Desert by the
African wind. 11. The whole theatre 9 cries out if a verse
is 10 one syllable too short or too long. 12. As often as a man
killed 10 an enemy he wasted time in cutting off his head.
13. These pursuits used to rouse the young men to crime
when their private resources failed. 14. The further they
advanced their camp the further they were from water.
15. It often happens in battle that the cowardly soldier
throws 11 away his shield and runs as soon as he sees the
enemy.
1 prius; 644, R. 3. 2 Use ut, 'after.' 3 uti. 4 See Note 2 in Exercise
17. 5 Use simple Relative. The fact is the cause ; 026. 6 077, R. 1.
7 Distinguish between oppugnare and expugnare. " See 582. B Use
Plural to increase the effect of the generalization. 10 Be careful of the
ambiguity of the English Present and Past. " 664, R. 1.
6. CONTEMPORANEOUS AND SUBSEQUENT
ACTION.
G. 568-577; A. & G. 327, 328, 314 (550-556, 528); B. 291-293, 310;
II. 587, 603-605; H. & B. 559, 560, 507 (4 and 5), 571, 529, 550 (&);
L. 1991-2009, 1911-1922; W. 533, 534, 563-565.
In Contemporaneous Action the most difficult conception
is that of the Ideal Limit (572). This depends wholly upon
whether the reaching of the Limit is not considered, in which
case the Subjunctive is used, or is assumed as inevitable., in
which case the Indicative is used (571). Note also the use
of Present as a short-hand for the Future Perfect (228).
Study the other constructions of-verba exspectandi (572,
R. 2), and the Conditional Proviso.
In Subsequent Action we have the same difficulty with the
Ideal Limit (577), and with the short-hand Present. Ob-
serve that non priusquam is the same as dum. In both of
these kinds of Action look well to your tenses.
28
CON TEMPO ItANEOUS AND SUBSEQUENT ACTION 29
A.
21. 1. She says that she pulled off his 1 ring in the strug-
gle. 2 2. There are no other mountains during the crossing of
which by our enemies new means of defence may 3 be provided.
3. While my wife is getting ready 4 a whole hour passes.
4. AVe favored you so long as we saw that you were a friend
of virtue and an enemy of vice. 5. I beg you to defend
them from violence until I bring up my master. 6. They
will not make an end of following until they drive the
enemy headlong. 7. He delayed a few days for the forces
from Corcyra to reach 5 him. 8. They remained in Rome
almost two years until Metellus set out for the province.
9. I should have preferred 6 to stay in some town or
other 7 until I was sent for. 10. We are ready to bear toil
and burdens if we only gain the victory. 11. If he is waiting
until I bring him the newspaper 8 let him begone. 12. I told
them that you would promise everything so long as you were
afraid. 13. Before I speak of the misfortunes of Sicily it
seems to me that I ought to say a few words about the
dignity, the antiquity, and the value of the province.
14. Why should you despair before you try ? 15. The
Achaeans did not dare to begin the war before 9 the ambas-
sadors had returned from Rome. 16. He accomplished the
matter before 10 any one suspected he was going to attempt
it. 17. He will hear that the province has been decreed
him before he can possibly n have suspected that there has
been time 12 enough for that. 18. I will 13 reply, indeed, but
not before you reply to me.
1 345, R. 1. 2 luctari. 3 What is the effect of the negative antecedent?
* se comparare. 6 assequi. 6 258. 7 ' or other ' is the English, not the
Latin idiom. 8 actadiurna. 9 Take the point of view of the Achaeans.
10 We infer that one suspected it. u Use posse. ia = ' time has been
given.' 13 Notice the assurance of the statement.
30 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
B.
22. 1. Beware lest in striving to reach the top 1 you fall
down along with the boughs you have grasped. 2. While
i. *-'-1-' the elephants were being carried across, Hannibal had sent
five hundred cavalry to the Roman camp to reconnoitre. 2
3. While the Romans were busy with those preparations 3 and
consultations 3 Saguntum was being besieged with might and
main. 4. I am come to take away some commentaries of
Aristotle to read when I am 4 at leisure. 5. Do you wait
here a little while for me until I come out! 6. Han-
nibal went with his army from Spain to Italy and defeated
the Romans with small forces until at length he was com-
pelled to leave Italy with great loss. 7. Until a ship returns
to the place whence it was obtained, 5 it belongs 6 not to its
owner but to the sailors. 8. Each general was waiting to
see 7 whether the forces of the enemy would try to cross the
river. 9. I told him that you had waited for his arrival as
long as you could. 10. I promised that so long as you
lived you should be not only defended 8 but also respected. 8
11. Before I speak of the accusation itself I will say a feu-
words about the accusers. 1'-?. All the enemy turned their
backs and did not cease to run until they arrived at the
river Rhine. 13. I shall rein in my horses before 9 I get to
the end of life. 14. In regard to Carthage. I shall not cease
to be apprehensive until 10 I know that it is destroyed. 15. A
careful physician before 11 attempting to apply a remedy to a
sick man ought to make himself acquainted with his di-
16. Brutus requested me to correct his speech before publi-
cation. 3
1 cacumen. * speculari. 3 It is often convenient to translate a Latin
verb by a phrase with an abstract substantive in English. 4 511, R. 3.
6 siunere. 6 366. 7 Remember 460, i, b. e Use Infinitive with fore.
9 Take the point of view of the principal verb. 10 He is sure that it will
be destroyed. " It may turn out upon diagnosis that the sick man
needs no remedy.
CONTEMPORANEOUS AND SUBSEQUENT ACTION 31
a
23. 1. While I was standing before my door a certain
acquaintance came up 1 to me. 2. The consul kept the
enemy busy 2 so long as any daylight remained. 3. The
consul caused such bewilderment by his attack that while
some 3 were running 4 out in one place, some in another, 3
to resist the attack 5 of the enemy, the gate which he had
assailed first was captured. 4. If the people themselves
drive out 6 a tyrant, they are inclined to moderation 7 only
so long as they rejoice in their own achievement.- 5. Wait
here until I bring the money out to you. 6. 1 shall not be
able to rest until I ascertain 6 how you are. 7. The Thracians
did not move a jot until the Romans passed 8 by. 8. Caesar
determined to tarry in Gaul until he knew that the legions
were posted and the winter quarters fortified. 9. They
rested the following day to let 9 the prefect meanwhile 9
inspect the youth of the city. 10. What are you waiting
for ? 10 11. He waited at anchor until the ninth hour for
the rest of the ships to collect at that point. 11 12. He
thought I would wait for the moon to wane. 13. Or are we
waiting until not even a trace is left of the states of Asia ?
14. I beseech you not to repudiate what I shall say before
I explain of what 12 nature it is. 15. Although 13 I under-
stand what he is ready to say, yet I shall make no counter-
remark u before he has said it. 16. Before I reply to him
about the other matters I will say a few words on friend-
ship. 17. It is better to give before you are asked. 15 18. You
will be conquered long before you perceive that you are con-
quered. 19. He got together an army before any one sus-
pected 16 he was thinking of doing so. 17
1 obviam. * Involved in ' kept ' (tenere). s 319; translate 'some by
one (way), some by another.' 4 Remember that dum tends to resist
Attraction; 655, R. 3. 6 vis. 8 Be careful of the tense. 7 moderatus;
use the comparative; 297. 8 They were waiting for the Romans to pass.
' = 'while the prefect should.' 10 Use ut ; 470. u eo. ia qualis. 1S etsi.
14 contra disputare, ' to make a counter-remark.' 15 You will thus escape
being asked. "So no one suspected. 17 = 'of this.'
32 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
D.
24. 1. In his desire 1 to retain a few slaves he lost all
his fortune and his liberty. 2. Cato as long as he lived
increased in reputation 2 for virtue. 3. The listeners 3 used
to defend their own opinion as long as they could. 4. I am
waiting in Arcanum until I find out those tilings. 5. Metellus
found in Rhodes an honorable retreat, and 4 gave himself up
to literature and philosophy until he was recalled 5 to his
country by the authority of the senate and the order of the
people. 6: At last Piso begged to stay in the citadel after
giving up his arms, while Caesar was being consulted whom
he should give 6 Syria to. 7. He waited to get news from
the army. 8. He thought it was the height 7 of folly to wait
until the forces of the enemy increased. 9. Caecina and his
friends thought it best to make the attempt, so long as it
appeared that it could be done in safety. 8 10. Let my friends
perish, so long as my enemies go down too. 11. It is never base
to be overcome, provided that you do not throw away your
arms. 12. Before I begin to speak of the state, I shall make
a few complaints 9 about Antonius' outrage of yesterday.
13. The feelings are often engrossed by 10 angry passions
before reason can n provide against their being engrossed.
14. These conversed mildly and quietly with one another
before beginning 12 the fight. 15. I shall have lived with
glory, in case anything happens 13 to me before I come 14 to
see this great evil. 16. The Romans wished to protect the
Saguntines, but Hannibal took their town before the Romans
came 15 to their help.
1 See above, Ex. 22, Note 3. a laus; remember that a substantive is
construed, as a rule, with one case only. 9 These were transient listeners;
624, R. 4 Omit by using a Participle. 5 Observe the difference of atti-
tude in this and the following sentence: Metellus was not expectant,
Piso was. 6 permit tere. 7 summits. 8 salvo capite. 9 Use verb. 10 214,
R. 2. ll Be careful about the tense. 12 The result of the conversation
might have been a decision not to fight. 13 Study the three verbs of Hap-
pening: accidere, contingere, evenire. u Omit. 16 So they did not come.
7. CUM.
G. 578-588; A. & G. 325, 326 (545-549); B. 288-290, 286 (2), 309 (3):
H. 598-601; H. & B. 519 (2), 521 (i), 524-526, 550, 551, 564, 566-
569; L. 1859-1881; W. 535-539, 542, 571.
The first question to be asked in writing a sentence with
Cum is whether this sentence dates the principal sentence or
not. If it does the Indicative is to be used, otherwise the
Subjunctive. Remember that Cum of date can take any
tense of the Indicative ; the question is merely of the kind
of tense. In this connection do not lose sight of Iterative
Action (584) and Lapses of Time (580, K. 3). Cum inver-
suin is also worth looking at, and cum turn (588). In the
case of Circumstantial Cum it is noteworthy that in the
present Sphere the historical Cum is not needed, and the
causal and concessive alone appear. Remember that the
presence of a temporal adverb, as iam, usually means Tem-
poral Cum but not always.
33
34 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
A.
25. 1. He who does not ward off an injury nor repel 1 it 2
when he can, acts unjustly. 2. How did you look 3 when
you saw those very men out of whose property you were pre-
senting 4 your friend 5 with a golden ring ? 3. When you were
openly enrolling not merely freemen but also slaves, of course
you were not preparing for 6 violence. 4. What will be your
judgment when we have 7 laid aside our arms and they have
not put down theirs ? 5. It is ten years that I have been
living 8 in the country. 6. You have granted me enough in
granting 9 that disgrace seems to you a greater evil 10 than
pain. 7. The states of Greece all lost the command because
each one n wanted to command. 8. As they were unable
longer to sustain the attack of our men they withdrew to the
mountain. 9. Two young men who without 12 being initiated
had entered the sanctuary of Ceres were brought before the
high-priest, and 13 although it was clear that they had entered
by mistake were put to death. 10. So great a fear fell
upon them that although Messana had a garrison of a legion
the town was scarcely defended. 11. Though the battle u
was fought from the seventh hour until evening, the enemy
could not be driven from their position. 12. The envoys who
had been sent to Labici having brought back an uncertain
response, 15 the Tusculans were instructed 16 to be careful
that no new disturbance arose at Labici. 13. The soldiers
were with difficulty kept from flight since the rumor had
gone through the camp that their army had been cut to
pieces and 17 all the youth of Etruria were victorious and not
far distant.
1 propulsare. 2 The Roman has no ' it,' but must either omit or use a
proper form. 3 = ' What face(os) had you ' ? 4 348. 6 306. *parare is a
Transitive verb. 7 Be careful of the tense. 8 The tense depends upon
whether the action is still continuing (230) or completed. 9 Coincident
Action has various forms ; 513, N. 3. 10 The Comparative has varied
translations. n singnlus. 12 nan initialus. ia A void by using a Participle.
11 Impersonal. ls> dubius. * negotium dare. " Omit by using Abl Absolute.
CUM 35
B.
26. 1. When a wise man is derided 1 by the foolish rabble
he will not be indignant. 2. When you were inviting your
friends into the province and presenting them with 2 golden
rings did you not consider that an account would have to
be rendered for 3 their actions ? 3. You were mistaken 4 when
you thought that I would have daily greater honors in the
state. 4. When the prisoners have been slain 5 with the axe,
their bodies shall be cast to 6 the wild beasts. 5. I have often
heard my father say 7 that he had never been able to find a
scholar that equalled you in diligence. 8 6. It is six months
since any one set 9 foot in this house. 7. Zopyrus, as no one
doubted 10 his fidelity, was received into the city and unani-
mously n appointed leader. 8. As all the roads were beset
by the soldiers of Afranius, 12 Caesar ordered his men to
build ships. 9. When the Germans saw that their men were
being slaughtered, they threw away their arms and burst
forth from the camp. 10. I do not consider Marcus Regulus
unfortunate, for although his body was captured 13 and tor-
tured by the Punics, his soul could not be captured. 11.
Cicero himself, though in the most delicate health, would
not reserve to himself even the night for 14 rest. 12. The
line had already given way, 13 but the flight of the enemy was
checked 16 by their confused mass, when suddenly a down-
pour 17 of rain broke off an assured victory. 13. Since that
region was as it were the gate to Etruria, the Etrurians
were interested 18 in occupying it when they had anything
new on foot, 19 and the Romans in recovering and holding it.
'Be careful of the tense. 2 348. 3 Construe with ' account' ; what
case? * se fallere. 5 percutere. 6 Use the Dative ; why? 7 580, R. 2.
8 ' = your diligence.' 9 See Ex. 25, Note 8. 10 dubito takes de in this
sense. " omnium suffragiis. 12 Use an adjective in -anus; 182, 5.
13 That is, capture of body did not mean capture of soul ; hence Imper-
fect. 14 ad. 15 rem inclinari. 16 Use active. " = ' a poured out rain
(storm).' 1B cura est. I9 moliri.
36 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
a
27. 1. Conon was general at the end 1 of the Pelopon-
nesian war, when the forces of the Athenians were van-
quished by Lysander at Aegos potamoi. 2 2. When glowing
plates and the other tortures were being applied to him, were
you not moved by the weeping even of the Roman citizens
who were then present ? 3. When you heard the names, did
it seem to you that a general's staff 3 was being read out
or the band of an unprincipled robber ? 4. When I have 4
disclosed what is being done, it will be easy to determine
what opinion you are 5 to follow. 5. The time will 6 come
when you will feel the loss 7 of such brave allies. 6. A boy
finding an oar as he was 8 walking on the shore became eager
to build a ship. 7. Hoping 9 that my friend would return, I
remained in the city ; but receiving the intelligence that he
was detained at Brundusium by sickness, I departed. 8. Labi-
enus feared no danger 10 for himself or his legions as he was
ensconced in a camp well fortified by nature and by art. 11
9. As they desired to adduce some proof of their peril, they
reported to Caesar that about 12 30,000 arrows had been shot
against the fortress. 10. Man does not need the strength 13 of
the elephant, as he is endowed with reason. 11. Before that
time no one had deserted from Caesar to Pompey, whereas
almost daily they deserted from Pompey to Caesar. 12. The
crowd was threatening u to break open the prison, when
Manlius was freed from his bonds by decree of the Senate.
13. As they had neither power left 15 to 16 fight nor place for
refuge they were all cut down to a man.
J 291, i, R. 2. 2 Aegos flumen. 3 consilium. 4 Be careful of the tense.
* In the Indirect Question the Subjunctive may represent an Original Sub-
junctive. 6 580, R. 1. 7 desiderare, 8 ' Finding ' is the important point
as compared with walking ; hence 'when the boy, walking, etc., found,
etc.' 9 In English, participial usage is easier than in Latin. n = ' feared
nothing about the danger of.' " maniis. 12 circiter. 1S Plural. H Re-
member that a Verb of Threatening or Promising is a Verb of Saying,
and be careful of the tense of the Infinitive. 15 superesse. 16 ad.
CUM 37
D.
28. 1. Tarquin was making preparations 1 to surround
the city with 2 a wall when the Sabine war interrupted his
undertaking. 2. When you were draining the treasury and
robbing 3 Italy of its youth, what drove you on except your
blind lust for booty ? 3. Was Marius more brilliant when
Glaucia was praising him or when afterwards in anger 4 he
was abusing him? 4. The rewards that we promised to
give 5 the soldiers in case the state were 6 recovered must be
paid with interest 7 when the time comes. 5. There was a
time when 8 I too thought that we should recover our liberty.
6. As Pyrrhus was besieging Argos he perished by a blow 9
with a stone. 7. When Perseus succeeded his father on the
throne 10 he stirred up all the tribes of the Gauls' against the
Romans. 8. The fight u was long and bitter since the enemy
thought that the safety of the whole of Aquitania lay 12 in
their bravery. 9. Terrified by the sudden tumult and think-
ing that the enemy were within their gates, they rushed forth
from the town. 10. He did not seek honors, although they
were open to him on account of his position. 11. The
number of our cavalry was 5,000, whereas the enemy had
not more than 13 800 horsemen. 12. While this ought to
be done by all who contemplate 14 entering upon an hon-
orable life, no one, I am inclined to think, 15 ought to do
so more than you. 13. Already the soldiers were losing 16
their strength, when suddenly the Samnite cavalry, having
learned 17 that the baggage of the Romans was left without
protection, made an attack on it. 14. Although the loss had
been even, 18 nevertheless the Romans got the credit 19 of a
defeat on account of the loss of 4 some of their knights.
1 Use verb. 2 348. 3 orbare. 4 Participle. 5 See Ex. 27, Note 14.
6 Abl. Abs. 7 cumulate. 8 580, R. 1. 9 = ' struck ' ; use icere. 10 patris
imperio succedere. "Impersonal. l * poni in. 13 296, R. 4. 14 cogitare.
16 See 457, 2. 16 deesse. 17 Do not use Participle. 18 anceps. 19 = ' re-
port of defeat turned against (in) the Romans.'
8. LOGICAL AND IDEAL CONDITIONS.
G. 589-596; A. & G. 304-307, 337 (512-516, 589); B. 301-303, 305, 306,
319,320; H. 572-578, 646; H. & B. 573-580, 536; L. 2025-2090,
2109-2111, 2326-2328, 2330; W. 550-556, 613-616, 559-562.
In Logical Conditions it is well to remember that there is
no restriction as to time or tense ; the only consideration is
whether the Conclusion follows the Condition irresistibly.
No indication is given as to the reality or non-reality of the
Condition, but for the purpose of the reasoning it is assumed
to be a fact. Observe that in the Conclusion the Subjunctive
may be employed in those forms which can be used inde-
pendently (257-265). Notice sive sive and do not neglect
591 with the Remarks.
In Ideal Conditions observe that the Condition, being re-
garded as undecided, has of necessity a Future effect, but
that nothing is indicated as to its realization ; further, that
when the Point of View is shifted to the Past (596, 2) there
is a confusion with the Unreal, which accounts for the rarity
of the Ideal in the Past.
38
LOGICAL AND IDEAL CONDITIONS 39
A.
29. 1. If virtues are equal 1 to one another it follows that
vices are also equal. 2. What does it concern me what you
think of a book which will not be published 2 unless liberty
is 3 recovered ? 3. Do not interpret 4 their misfortune as a
cause for blame 4 unless perhaps you think that those who
have fallen among robbers are to be blamed if they do any-
thing under compulsion. 5 4. You will easily be able to per-
ceive that Sicily is lost to 6 the Eoman people if you do not
recover it by the condemnation of Verres. 5. If I am ever
jostled in a crowd I do not blame the man who is at the
top 7 of the Sacred Way but the one who runs against me.
6. Whether you follow the Peripatetics or the Stoics you
must confess that there is in virtue guarantee 8 enough for 9
a happy life. 7. What good man would hesitate to meet
death for his country if he should expect 10 to do her good ?
8. If you should be prevented by sickness from coming to me
in the country I beg you to write me soon how you are. 11
9. Nothing is more honorable and high-minded than to de-
spise money if you have none ; if you have it, to devote
it 12 to liberality and well-doing. 10. There was one road in
case they wished to return to Rome,, another if they were
making for 13 Brundusium. 11. They asked, if there was a
war in the province why they were 14 quiet ; if the war was at
an end, 15 why they were not carried back to Italy. 12. Syphax
said that if Scipio did not keep 16 his army away from Africa
it would be necessary for him to fight for the land in which
he was born.
1 par ; see 221. a prodire. 3 Be careful of the tense. 4 convertere
in culpam. 5 = 'compelled/ 6 Disadvantage. 7 291, i, R. 2. 8 praesi-
dium ; see 369. 9 ad. 10 The Future Periphrastic indicates Expecta-
tion. n quid agis ? ' how are you ?' 12 auferre. 13 petere. " 651, R. 1,
1S Use the impersonal passive of debellare. 16 abstinere.
4O LATIN COMPOSITIOH COHSTRUCTIOHS
B.
30, 1. If I have said anything by way of jest 1 do not
turn it into a serious matter. 2. Spare the dignity of
Lentulus if he ever spared his own reputation. 3. Do
you think you can enjoy those revenues 3 unless you keep 2
those who are the source of them 8 free from disaster ?
4. No rule can be safe except when it is fortified by good
will. 5. Do not call me king hereafter, lest you be laughed
at ; unless perchance it seems royal to you to live in such a
way as to be the servant of no man. 6. See in what year
Piso was quaestor or tribune ; should neither hit, 4 see whether
he lived at all 5 at the time of that war. 7. Would a phy-
sician,, when a patient had been turned 6 over to another
physician, be angry with the physician who had G succeeded
him if he were to change some things that he had 6 pre-
scribed 7 in his treatment 8 ? 8. If a philosopher were to add
eloquence to his other qualifications 9 I should not despiso
it ; should he not have it, I should not greatly demand it.
9. There was a hill exactly opposite to 10 the town ; but if our
troops held this the enemy seemed likely to cut them oil
from the great part of their water supply. 10. The prisoners
told the king that he would find out whether they were
brave or no, if he were general of the Athenians and Charei*
general of the Macedonians. 11. The Campanians sent
envoys to Hannibal to n announce that the consuls were a
day's march off and that if he did not hasten to their aid 12
Capua would come into the power of the enemy.
1 per iocum. 2 Be careful of the tense, for posse has the effect of a
Future. 3 fructui esse, 'to be a source of revenue'; substitute a colorless
word for 'revenues.' 4 quadrare. 5 omnino. 6 Watch the tense. 7 con-
stituere. 8 in curando. 9 ars. J0 e regione with the Genitive. " G30.
12 propere subvenire.
LOGICAL AND IDEAL CONDITIONS 4!
C.
31. 1. If we do i not lop off the passions, in vain shall we
endeavor to live happily. 2. Limbs are amputated if they
begin 2 to be without blood. 3. Lucius Sulla was lucky, if
there can be any good luck in crime. 4. You will never
prove that it is not right 3 to ask for money unless you
show that it is not lawful. 3 5. If that was the blood of
enemies, great was the loyalty of the soldiers ; but it was a
monstrous crime if it was the blood of citizens. 6. Of Homer,
the prince of poets, almost nothing is known except what
nobody would be likely 4 to believe, namely, 5 that he was
born blind, unless perhaps we believe that a blind man could
have described so many various 6 things so truly and so
clearly. 7. What reason can you give for 7 defending some
things and being indifferent 8 to others unless perhaps you are
willing to confess that you measure everything by your own
advantage? 8. "We have to do/'' said he, "with an enemy
that cannot bear either good or bad fortune ; whether he van-
quishes' 2 or is vanquished he shows the same savage temper." 9
9. Neither are those promises to be kept which are apt 10 to
be useless to those to whom you have made them, nor, if
they would injure you more than benefit him to whom you
have made them, is it contrary to your duty to prefer the
greater to the less. 10. He had to send away many of the
soldiers in case he wished the business to be accomplished.
1 1. They ordered him to be arrested by a constable and taken
to prison if he could not give security.
1 Be careful of the tense. 2 567. 3 oportere ; licere. * ' Likelihood '
in the Indie, is expressed by the Periphrastic, but in the Subjunctive this
is not necessary, as every tense of the Subjunctive has a Future side.
6 Omit. 6 481, i. 7 = ' What can you say why.' curare. " ferocitas.
10 Involved in the mood; 631, i.
42 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
D.
32. 1. The book-keeping 1 of benefits is simple : so much
is spent, if something 2 comes back it is a gain, if it does not
come back it is not a loss. 2. If you desert 3 and betray Marcus
Brutus, what citizen will you ever honor or favor ? unless per-
chance you think that those who bestowed the kingly crown 4
are to be preserved, those who took away the name of king to
be deserted. 3. If they deserted their own consul they are
to be blamed, but if they left the enemy of the state they
are rightly praised. 4. If I do not use 3 up all the time that
is allowed 5 me by law you will complain that Yerres is being
beset because the accuser is unwilling to speak as long as
he may. 5. If what we wish happens we shall rejoice ; if
not, we shall bear the result 6 with equanimity. 6. I have
received a silly note 7 from Peter, unless perhaps everything
that you 8 do not like seems silly. 7. History at that time was
nothing except the putting together of annals. 8. Whether
you linger 3 or hasten you will not find him at home. 9. K
you were to know rne well 9 enough you would not think
that I could betray my country. 10. The day would full
me did I desire to enumerate how many good men have
had bad luck, 10 and equally so n if I were to relate how many
evil men have had the best of fortune. 11. In the event 12
of a battle the nearness of the camp offered an easy refuge
to the vanquished. 12. They said that if they knew that
the Komans would pardon them they would not refuse to
surrender. 13
1 ratio. 2 107, i, R. ; ' something' is more emphatic than ' anything.'
8 Be careful of the tense. 4 Observe the law of sequence, and use dia-
dema imponere. B concedere. 6 Omit. ~ litterulae. 8 Who is meant by
' you '? 9 ' well ' is an English addition. 10 alicui male evenire. " nee
minus. ia = ' if a battle were joined.' 13 se tradere.
9. CONDITIONS OF UNREALITY AND COM-
PARISON.
G. 597-602; A. & G. 308-312, 337 (517, 518, 521-524, 589); B. 304, 305,
307, 321, 322; II. 579-584, 647, 648; H. & B. 581-, 582 (3), 504 (3);
L. 2091-2108, 2117-2122, 2329, 2330-2334; W. 557, 558, 617-619,
566-568.
In Unreal Conditions the chief difficulty is in the use of
the Indicative in the Apodosis, hence 597, R. 3, should be
carefully studied. When the Apodosis follows a sentence
which requires the Subjunctive, the structure is complicated
and also requires close attention (R. 5). The use of the Im-
perfect and Pluperfect Indicative is neat arid idiomatic, and
in the case of the Pluperfect has an apparent resemblance to
the English (it. 2).
In Conditional Sentences of Comparison the most important
matter is that the law of Sequence overrides that of the
Condition, as a rule.
43
44 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
A.
33. 1. If Scipio had lived to his hundredth year would
he regret his great age ? 2. Quintus would have stayed
longer with me if I had been desirous 1 of it. 3. If Anti-
ochus had consented 2 to follow 3 the counsels of Hannibal he
would have fought for 4 empire nearer to the Tiber than to
Thermopylae. 4. Who doubts that if we had been energetic 5
in bringing help to the Saguntines we should have averted
the whole war ? 5. That which we were individually 6 going
to do if our houses had burned down, do we now refuse to
do as a body 6 in this conflagration of the state ? 6. We had
gained a brilliant victory if Lepidus had not been eager to
destroy 7 everything and perish 7 himself with his men. 7. No
one doubted that if the general had come immediately he
might easily have crushed 8 the conspiracy of the soldiers.
8. I do not doubt that if Sulpicius had been able to report
the issue 9 of his mission, his return would have been
salutary to the state. 9. Tell me what you would have
advised if you had been asked your opinion on this matter.
10. He loves you as if he had lived with you. 11. Xerxes
sent 4,000 armed men to Delphi to plunder the temple of
Apollo as if he were carrying on war not only with the
Greeks, but with the immortal gods. 12. Corrupt men pass
their time 10 as if they despised your honors ; but seek them
as if they had lived honorably. 13. Since you write me
nothing, I shall regard it just u as if you had written that
there was nothing to write. 14. Do not look for 12 argu-
ments from me in this matter, as if there were some doubt
about it. 13
1 velle ; the Imperfects vellem, nollem, mattem, as well as possem, have
the effect of Pluperfects, from the potential side (258). 2 velle. 3 uti.
*de. * = 'had brought help energetically.' 6 singuli; universi. 'The
Roman likes the play of words on perdere and perire. 8 opprimere.
9 Use renuntiare, ' to report (the issue of).' 10 aetatem agere. n proinde
hdbere. w exspectare. 13 = 'as if anything were doubtful.'
CONDITIONS OF UNREALITY AND COMPARISON 4$
B.
34. 1. Most people cannot do a thing because they
will 1 not; they could 2 if they would. 2. You would not
have dared to provoke me by abuse if you did not rely on
those swords that we see. 3. The Gauls had nearly taken
the Capitol, had not the geese by their noise 3 waked the
soldiers out of sleep. 4. You ought to cherish him as a
father if you had any filial affection. 4 5. We had gained a
glorious victory if Lepidus had not received Antonius when 5
he was unarmed and, a fugitive. 6. If our friend had fol-
lowed 6 the directions of the physician he must needs have
died. 7. It is not doubtful that if Caesar had not perished
by an untimely death the condition of Rome under the em-
pire would have been far 7 different. 8. If you had been
willing to do it, I do not doubt that the whole multitude
would have gone over 8 to you. 9. He gave so tardily that he
would have done a greater favor 9 if he had refused quickly.
10. Those things which are very difficult are often to be
regarded just as if 10 they could not be done. 11. Soldiers
enjoy present abundance as if they knew for certain n that
they would never be plagued 12 by want again. 12 The army
of the Samnites drew up in line of battle, as if there was
going to be no delay in fighting. 13 13. It is foolish to pluck
out one's 14 hair in mourning as if grief were lightened by
baldness. 14. He was ordered to leave his country just as
if he had been convicted of a crime.
1 nolle. a Use quire. * clangor. 4 pietas. ' A temporal clause is fre-
quently expressed by an adjective in predicate attribution; 325.
6 obsequi. 7 longe. 8 se convertere. 'English is colored; in Latin
merely ' would have conferred (praestare) more.' 10 See above, Ex.
33, Note 11. n exploratum habere. ia See 248 ; use urgere. " 360, R. 1.
Dative of Disadvantage ; 345, R. 1 ; see also 309, 3.
46 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
c.
35. 1. May I die if I should be more joyful if that had
happened to me. 2. If you had not hastened we should all
have had 1 to die. 3. Antigonus would have saved Eumencs
when he was captured if his men had allowed 2 him to do so,
but those who were about him did not suffer it because they
saw that they would all be of little value by the side of 3
Eumenes. 4. The Volsci had already got their auxiliaries
ready 4 to 5 send to the Latins, had not the Eoman dictator
made haste. 5. Those also who had remained were all on
the point 6 of leaving their fields had not Metellus sent a let-
ter to them from Rome. 6. It is an interesting question 7
what would have been the result to Rome if she had had a
war 8 with Alexander. 7. No one doubts that if the city had
been taken the enemy would have been conquered. 8. He
loved you as if he had lived with you. 9. You say the gods
neglect less important things : as if I had complained about
the loss of Rutilius' estate, not the loss of his life. 10. I
consider him to be the best who forgives others 9 as if he
himself sinned daily, but 10 who refrains from sin as if he for-
gave none. 11. Plato said that those who contended with
each other n which should manage the state acted in the same
way as if sailors were to contend which one of them 12 should
be pilot. 12. The fortune of the Germans was on this
account the more grievous because they feared the cruelty of
their leader, though 13 absent, just as if he were present in
person.
1 597, R. 3. 2 Use per aliquem licet. 9 417, 9. 4 comparare. 5 630.
6 'One of the common renderings of the Future Participle. 7 = 'it is
pleasing (libet) to inquire.' 8 bellare ; see 208, 2. ' Rome ' in a sentence
like this is the 'Roman State,' res Romwia. 9 What is the difference
between ceteri, reliqui, and alii ? 10 636, N. 2, a. " 221. ia Will it be
the reflexive or the demonstrative? 521, R. 5. 13 009.
CONDITIONS OF UNREALITY AND COMPARISON 47
D.
36. 1. "If I had conquered you, Scipio," quoth Hannibal,
"I should put myself above all other generals." 2. If my
influence had prevailed, you would be to-day in poverty, 1 we in
freedom. 1 3. The commonwealth might 2 be perpetual if we s
lived according to the constitution. 4 4. If Sestius, who was
left for dead, 5 had been really killed, were you going to take
up arms ? 5. Even if I had never drawn sword in Asia, still
I had deserved a triumph for 6 the two battles in Thrace.
6. If she had not met her end 7 at this time, still she would
have had to die a few years later, as she was born a human
being. 7. I do not doubt that if you had followed 8 my
advice you would not be in such poverty. 8. You show
what sort of a consul you would have been at that time had
matters turned out in this way. 9. Solon gave the Athenians
such excellent and useful laws that if they had been willing
to keep 8 them always, they would have had an enduring
empire. 10. Those who injure some in order to be liberal to
others are guilty of the same 9 injustice as if they appropri-
ated other people's property. 10 11. My brother treats me just
as if I were a king. 12. Agesilaus praised the design of those
who had occupied n the place as if they had done so with
good intention. 12 13. Certain people think that there is no
God on this account, because he cannot 13 be seen, just as
if, for example, 14 we could see our mind itself. 14, They
defend Naevius as if their own fortune and honor were at
stake. 13
1 Use verbs. 2 ' Might ' is a regular translation of posse and frequently
indicates possibility in English. 3 208, 2. * patria instituta; see 397.
5 = 'killed.' 6 Causal according to 408, N 6. ''diem obire. *uti
9 = ' are in the same.' 10 = 'convert (convertere) other people's (things)
to their own.' n A part of his thought. 12 animus. " What is not done
often cannot be done. " Omit. 15 agi.
10. CONCESSIVE SENTENCES WITH SOME
CONDITIONS.
G. 603-609; A. & G. 313 (526, 527); B. 308, 309; H. 585, 586; H. & B.
582 (8), 556, 310 (7), 532, 541, 604 (2); L. 1899-1907, 196:3, 2116;
W. 569-572.
In Concessive Sentences the large number of conjunctions
is to be noticed and the different shades of meaning that they
express. Observe in the case of combinations of si that the
general principles of Conditional Sentences apply here too.
Quamquam means however (true it is) ; quamvis, however
(true it MAY BE), and the mood follows accordingly. Study
etsi and quamquam in the sense of and yet. Do not forget
the Sequence of Tenses with licet (a Present), and restrict ut
and ne to argumentative sentences. Concessive cum has
already been treated.
48
CONCESSIVE SENTENCES WITH SOME CONDITIONS 49
A.
37. 1. Even if there is nothing in glory that J it should be
sought after, nevertheless it follows virtue like 2 its shadow.
2. There are those who 3 from fear of odium do not dare to
speak what they feel, even if it be the best. 3. I shall say
nothing further about him ; and yet I have said what I have
said just as if 4 I were his brother, not the brother that he
actually 5 has, but such a one as I have been accustomed to
be to 6 my own brother. 4. Although that remark 7 in 8
Accius is made 7 by an impious king, still it is brilliantly
said. 5. No one, no matter how 9 wealthy he may be, can
dispense with the aid of others. 10 6. Although the measure
may not please me, still I shall not be able to contend against
the authority of such men. 7. Though these gifts do 11
seem to be numerous, 12 many who are your equals in accom-
plishments have obtained more. 8. The wicked do not
escape the charge 13 of impiety, although they may have
drenched 14 altars with much blood. 9. Granted that this
be not the case, still it is a fine show that I am proposing for
myself, provided only I may 15 look at it with you at my
side. 16 10. Caesar was confident 17 that if he seized and
fortified that hillock he would cut off his opponents from
the town and the bridge, and all the provisions that they
had collected 18 in the town. 11. It seems that if they had
abstained from bloodshed they could have reached 19 the
royal pavilion.
1 An Indirect Question, cur; 631, 2. 2 Adverb, not adjective. 3 631, i.
4 Use negative form : non secus quam ; 643. 5 Included in the mood.
6 in is neutral ; compare with erga and adversus; in this sentence observe
that no characterization is given by the verbs ; Cicero's own character
(he is speaking) was a concrete example. 7 Use verb. 8 416, 4. 9 ' No
matter how ' = ' however.' 10 Use alienus. " You may believe so if you
like. 12 You cannot use numerosus; why ? 13 Included in impietas.
14 Use cruentare. J6 licet. 16 Ablative Absolute. " A continual feeling,
a state of mind. 1B 629, R. M pervenire.
5O LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
B.
38. 1. Even if it wore necessary to go to meet 1 death, I
should prefer to do 2 so at home rather than in foreign
parts. 2. Although the ground was unfavorable, neverthe-
less Caesar determined to attack the enemy. 3. Although I
have asked you to come 3 to me, nevertheless I know that
you cannot relieve me. 4. Although we cannot show-by-
our-action as much gratitude as is due him we must never-
theless feel as much as our hearts 4 can hold. 5. The
phrase 5 " Scipio will die" has such a meaning 6 that, although
it is said of the future, it cannot turn out to bo false.
6. Although they may say, " the ambassadors may set forth ;
still let the war be pushed," nevertheless the very name of
ambassadors will retard the progress of the war. 7. Granted
that our soldiers' courage do not fail them, nevertheless they
will not be able to resist the great multitude of the enemy.
8. Though 7 these struggles and dangers may have carried
them up to the consulship, I prefer the safe and quiet
seclusion of Vergil. 9. Though 8 Plato produced no argu-
ment, still the weight 9 of his authority would crush me.
10. He said that he did not doubt that Spain was Caesar's ;
that Caesar was so enraged that Metellus came very 10 near
being put to death ; that if that had been done there would
have been a great massacre ; that it was not done not because
Caesar was not naturally cruel, but because he thought
clemency was the popular course n ; that if he lost the
enthusiastic support 12 of the people he would be cruel
because he would not have anything to 13 gain by kindness.
1 mortem oppetere ; use Gerundive. a English addition which the
Latin understands. 3 511, R. 3. * English often confuses the ' heart '
with the 'feelings.' 6 May be omitted in Latin according to 204. 6 vis.
T 'I grant you' (licet). e = ' Suppose that.' 9 English fulness;
' authority ' is sufficient in the Latin. 10 prope dbesse ; the effect is nega-
tive, hence see 556, second paragraph. 1 1 popularis. I2 studium.
13 G31, 2.
CONCESSIVE SENTENCES WITH SOME CONDITIONS 5 1
c.
39. 1. Even if you had taken away from Sulla nothing
but his consulship you ought 1 to be content with that.
2. But 2 few are so grateful that they think of what they
have received, even if they do not see it. 3. Though 3 Caesar
had not yet become acquainted with the plan of the enemy,
still he had a suspicion that what did happen would happen.
4. However different the case of the soldiers is from yours,
nevertheless I shall say nothing about the nature of this war.
5. Although their feeling may 4 have departed, still the dead
are not without their own peculiar blessings, however they
may not feel them. 6. No matter how much pleasure 5 you
may have in the flattery of courtiers, they will notwithstand-
ing lay plots against you. 7. After so great a multitude
of the enemy has been killed enemy, I say, however much
this enemy at our hearthstone 6 may object, 7 shall we take
away from our noble leaders the name of imperator 8 ? 8. Al-
though I send you too often letters after the same pattern 9
thanking 10 you for honoring my recommendations so scrupu-
lously, still I shall not grow weary 11 in the good 12 work.
9. Assuming that Socrates and Plato did 13 not render a
reason for it, nevertheless by their very authority they would
overcome these petty philosophers. 10. Pollio is very much
mistaken in thinking that if Caesar had lived longer his
memoirs would have been rewritten. 11. I beg you to re-
member that you could never have obtained your present 12
position 14 if you had not followed 15 my counsels.
1 oportere; what tense?; 254, R. 2. 2 ' Few ' is ' but few.' s The state-
ment is a fact ; hence what particle ? 4 605, R: 1. "to have pleasure
in,' delectari. domesticus. 7 nolle. s adjective. 9 Abl. of Quality.
10 585, R. n parcere. 12 Omit. 13 They do. 14 dignitas. 16 uti.
52 LATIN" COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
D.
40. 1. Who is not shocked by such 1 baseness, even if it
be not likely to injure him ? 2. Although I have written
before what I thought ought to be written, nevertheless I
think you ought to be warned briefly at this time not to
think 2 that you are in any particular 3 danger. 3. However
much virtue of every kind does attract us, still justice has this
effect 4 in an especial degree. 5 4. Physicians never tell their
patients that they are going to die of 6 their disease, though
they often perceive that they will. 7 5. Although there may
be men who hate Carbo even after his death, 8 still they
ought to consider not what they wanted to befall him, but
what they themselves have to fear in such a case. 6. Since
I have once undertaken it, though 9 all perils may threaten,
I shall succor him. 7. Granted that Rome was founded
before the time of Romulus, nevertheless the Roman his-
torians begin with 10 him. 8. "There never was such a man/'
you will say; granted; I am discussing the question, what I
want, not what I have seen. 9. They said that although they
had deserved ill of n the Roman people they Would be in a
better condition under the Romans though 12 angry than they
had been under the Carthaginians as friends. 10. They said
that if both consuls with their armies were before Nola they
would not for all that 13 be more of-a-match for Hannibal than
they had been at 14 Cannae; much less 15 could one praetor with
a few raw soldiers protect the town. 11. They said that if
they had him for consul their fortunes would be better.
1 Not talis, for ' baseness ' is measured by degree. a 511, R. 3. *pro-
prius. * Use efficere. 5 Merely an adverb of degree = 'especially.'
6 Ablative. 7 English fulness ; the Roman stopped with ' perceive.'
8 664, R. 2. 9 = 'granted that.' 10 ab is the regular preposition with
verbs of Beginning. n mereri de. 12 667. 1S tamen. I4 See above, Ex.
11, Note 11. 15 482, 5, R. 2.
11. MISCELLANEOUS CONDITIONAL SEN-
TENCES.
G. 589-602; A. & G. 304-315, 337 (512-525, 589); B. 301-307, 319-322;
H. 572-584, 646-648; H. & B. 573-582; L. 2015-2122, 2326-2334;
W. 550-562, 613-619, 566-572.
Read carefully over the whole treatment of Conditional
Sentences, paying attention to the details overlooked before ;
observe the difference between nisi and si non, and study the
various phraseological uses of si. Notice the difference be-
tween the Ideal and Unreal forms again, and understand how
the Ideal from the Point of View .of the Past may be almost
the same as the Unreal from the Point of View of the Pres-
ent. Notice the Oratio Obliqua forms of the various Con-
ditions and the forms they take after sentences requiring a
Subjunctive.
53
54 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
A.
41. 1. What a consul he was ! if we require prudence,
one 1 who could in no way be deceived ; if high-mindedness, 2
one who would prefer death to slavery. 2. If all in this
state were to he massed in one place,, they would not be com-
parable 3 with Sulpicius. 3. When they were summoned 4
to trial, they used immediately to make their defence 5 if
it seemed best. 4. If the law only confirmed 6 those things
which had been given by Sulla, I would keep quiet ; if only
Rullus admitted that he was a follower of Sulla. 7 5. Is the
condition of those witnesses such that men who were not
believed 8 when they denied are believed when they affirm? 9
if they lied then, let them teach us with what face they are
accustomed to speak the truth. G. I should never have
needed a consular's medicine, if I had not fallen by a con-
sular's wound. 7. If he comes 4 forward, I shall inquire of
him why he brought no action 10 immediately ; then, if he
replies 4 cleverly to -this, I shall ask why he preferred com-
plaining to bringing an action. 8. I do not doubt that if
the king had found out 11 the approach of the enemy he
would have crossed the river. 9. In the hearing 12 of many
he declared that if he learned 4 that Clodius had been slain
he would report the name of Milo. 10. Such was the fortune
of battle that if the dictator had been present the affair 13
could have been managed better. 11. I think pardon should
be granted to the others if they become 4 reconciled to the
state. 12. Can any one doubt that if Ligarius could have
been in Italy he would have held 14 the same opinion that his
brothers held ?
1 631, i. 2 = ' greatness of spirit.' 3 Gerundive. 4 Be careful of the
tense. 5 contra dicere. sancire. 7 Sullanus. B 217. 9 Study the dif-
ference between dico, loquor, and aio. 10 ' Bring an action,' ago. " certi-
orem fieri. M Ablative Absolute. 13 res. " = 'to be in the same
opinion ' (sententia).
MISCELLANEOUS CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 55
B.
42. 1. If there be those who 1 have done something at
some time or other and are now silent about it, we also
would forget it forever. 2 2. I would not listen to wisdom
herself, no matter how learned she may be, if she were to
assent 3 to this. 3. If he lied why did he remove his accounts
if they were not going to injure 4 you ; if he had made no
lists at all, does not this show clearly that he did not attend 5
to his business ? 4. Even if you and myself ought to seem
outsiders to the other patricians, still Torquatus would say 6
nothing about this flaw. 5. If the word of Marius had
weight 7 then, let the position and deeds of the noble 8 man
influence 7 you now. 6. If he had accused Sulla alone I too
should do nothing else than 9 defend him who had been ac-
cused ; but since he assailed 10 me, even if my resentment
did not compel me, still the cause itself would have required
this speech from me. 7. There was no doubt that Spain
would have plucked up courage had not the other praetor
fought n many successful battles beyond the Iberus. 8. How
many guards will I need if I admit you to my book-cases ?
9. TJie engagement was carried on with such evenness 12 that
if the Etruscans had come up we must have suffered 13 a
great disaster. 10. I have more of a burden than those who
accused the others, if that is to be called a burden which you
bear with joy. 11. The Sardinians have been persuaded that
they will do nothing more pleasing to Appius than to u
detract from Scaurus' reputation. 12. There was no doubt
that if he had written the letter I should have been relieved 15
of great annoyance.
1 Si qui. 2 The Perfect, by drawing attention to the completion, em-
phasizes the finality. 3 annuere. *obesse. 5 gerere. 6 Use silere in the
passive. 7 valere. 8 302 9 591,'&, 2. 10 invehi. ll proeUum facere.
12 = ' equal forces.' 13 accipere; use passive. 14 si. 15 levare.
56 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
C.
43. 1. If you want this state to be eternal you must be
on your guard l against factious men. 2. You will not
dare to say this, nor even if you were to desire it will it be
allowed. 3. If the accused named Koscius,-was it a great
task 2 to send a letter to Koscius at Himera ? You would
have kept the man in close custody 3 until Roscius came; 4
then if he recognized the man you would remit a part of 5
the punishment ; if he did not know him, you would in case
it seemed good to you ordain 6 this law for all, that he who
was not known to you should be crucified. 4. If in express-
ing 7 such an opinion the dignity of Pompey was enhanced
to 8 the advantage of the commonwealth, certainly I should
deserve 9 praise if it appeared that I had voted in support 10
of the dignity of him who had assisted n in my salvation.
5. If there be any that must be kept in durance 12 by the
state, they are ordered to be taken to these quarries even
from the other towns of Italy. G. If I had done this, what
thanks would you owe me for relinquishing 13 in your be-
half only those things that were cheap in-my-eyes ? u 7.
I do not doubt that he might have come to his senses if
he had followed 15 your advice. 8. Hannibal was so ham-
pered by want of provisions that if he had not feared that
his departure would resemble flight 16 he would have made
for Gaul. 9. I do not doubt that if anything of that kind
happens you will hurry to me. 10. I do not want any of
those who are present to think that if I have kept quiet 1
approve the things that have been said by Accius about this
law.
1 cavere; 346, N. 2. 2 Omit. 3 custodiae. 4 The case would wait.
6 = 'something from.' 6 sancire. 7 Omit. 8 non sine. 9 Gerundive.
10 suffragari. " auxilium ferre. 12 custodire. 13 = ' what benefit wouKl
you have from me when I relinquished.' 14 Dative. 16 uti. 18 = 'he
would have to depart with the appearance (species) of flight.'
MISCELLANEOUS CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 57
D.
44. 1. If you are willing to listen to me, keep the control 1
of your liberty, your city, and your other advantages ; unless
perhaps you prefer to leave 2 all these things and settle your-
selves in the pestilential district of the Campanians. 2. In a
charge of this kind you-may-be-blamed for carelessness 3 if you
defend a man whom you suspect to be guilty 4 of treason.
3. If I was my country's defender 5 then when she owed me
something, what ought I to do now when I owe her every-
thing ? 4. It was not doubtful that if he walked briskly 6
lie would arrive before dawn. 5. If you saved yourself for 7
other emergencies, then the Roman people will say : " I have
called you back to meet those emergencies for 7 which you
saved yourself." 6. Zeno's opinion is that wise men alone
are shapely even if they are most deformed. 7. When the
envoys return, 8 if they bring peace, deem me eager for it, if
war, a man of foresight. 9 8. There is no doubt that the con-
servatives 10 would have conquered if Caesar had been their
leader. 9. If you once cross 8 the limit of fairness in judicial
procedure, be sure that you have left to others no limit of
perverseness in forming their opinion. 10. If Caesar him-
self had had the power either n to conduct an investigation
concerning the death of Caelius or n to summon him up
himself from the dead, 12 which do you think he would
have done ? even if for friendship's sake he might have de-
sired 13 to call him forth, on account of the state he would
not have done it. You therefore sit as avengers of the
death of a man whose life you would be unwilling to restore,
even if you should think it could be restored by you.
1 retinere possessionem. 2 664, R. 1. 8 levitas ; ' be blamed '= culpa est.
* obstrictum esse. 5 Use verb. 6 recte. 7 Either the Dat. or ad; but the
latter is better for ' preserve ' (servare) ; why ? fl Be careful of the tense.
9 providus. I0 bonus. ll What is the difference between aut and vel?
12 inferi. 19 258.
12. RELATIVE SENTENCES-I.
G. 610-626; A. & G. 197-201 (3 )3-303); B. 250. 251, 311, 312; H. 396-
399, 510, 589; H. & B. 281-284, 550, 566-569; L. 1792-1815; W
580-585.
Relative Sentences are used much more frequently in Latin
than in English and in a greater variety of combinations ;
hence they merit particular study. They take the place of
Demonstratives in connecting clauses, and are combined in
various ways with other relatives and with interrogatives.
Notice especially the rules governing Concord, Incorporation,
and Attraction. Do not overlook in this connection the
strange Reversed Incorporation in Consecutive Clauses (616,
N. 2). In simple Relative Sentences the rules governing
Tenses (622, 623) and Moods (624-26) are the same that
govern other independent sentences.
RELATIVE SEHTEKCES I 59
A.
45. 1. The deeds of Hannibal, who is known to have
defeated the Romans so often,, 1 are admired by all of us.
2. The ancient Greeks called fate a blind ruler of gods and
men and 2 thought that even Jupiter the father of gods and
men was subject to his sway. 3. He betook himself to the
Volscians, with whom 3 he had taken refuge before. 4. Tell
me what 4 you think about the political situation. 5 5. A
benefit that is bestowed on anybody 6 is a favor to nobody.
6. Aratus of Sicyon thought and this 7 showed 8 a wise man
that he ought to consult 9 the interests of all his fellow-
citizens. 7. The poet Vergil wrote an epic poem which is
called the Aeneid. 8. The Gauls once plundered Delphi, the
famous oracle of Apollo, which was called by the ancients the
centre 10 of the world. 9. Coriolanus fled to the Volscians, a
people ll that was at that time bitterly hostile to the name of
Rome. 12 10. The day I heard that tyrant called a renowned
man I began to distrust. 11. I see that I am deserted by
those who ought to have been the last 13 to do so. 12. We
have carefully endeavored u to speak briefly and lucidly
about the matters that 15 we still bad to speak of. 13. You
have only to ask : such is your influence, he will readily do
what you wish. 14. Agamemnon sacrificed Iphigenia, since
he had vowed to Diana the most beautiful being 16 born in
his kingdom that year. 15. Caesar got-as-far-as 17 Corinth,
which is the first town as you enter 18 the Isthmus from
Attica, and whose inhabitants 19 had sent ambassadors. 16.
Whichever way 20 we turn, we stumble against simpletons or
scoundrels. 17. The senate held a consultation about re-
ceiving Cybele, for 21 a recent message had come that she
was at Tarracina.
1 Use quoties in an Indirect Question. 2 610, R. 1. * 611, R. 1. 4 611,
R 2. 8 <= 'the state.' 6 quilibet. 7 614, R. 2. * 3fi6, R. 2. 9 Be care-
ful of the constructions of consulere. 10 umbilicus. tl 616, 2. 1S Use
the adjective. 13 = ' by whom it was least proper ' ; convenit, ' it is proper.'
14 operam dare.
20 Omit. ai 626.
6O LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
B.
46. 1. The boy while he is yet 1 tender must be steeped
in those arts from the absorption of which 2 he will come
better prepared 3 for greater things. 2. Defeated, the Car-
thaginians begged the Romans for peace ; and as Regulus
would 4 not grant it except under the harshest conditions they
begged the Lacedaemonians for help. 3. To 5 tell you what
I really 6 think, the state is in the hands of 7 desperadoes.
4. Everything 8 we say cannot be reduced to regular laws. 9
5. Dionysius was brave and skilled in war and which is not
easily found in a tyrant neither a debauchee nor avaricious.
G. The city of Cadiz was founded by a Tyrian fleet, which
founded Utica also. 7. It had never occurred 10 to me to
wish for you the wild frenzy 11 into which you have fallen.
8. Animals do not move from the place in which they are
born. 9. Such is your shrewdness 12 that you will readily
understand why I have not followed 13 your advice. 10. The
mountain, which the exiles had taken possession of, was
grassy and well- watered. 14 11. At that time they began 15 at
Athens to choose 15 the archons for ten years, a custom that
remained seventy years. 12. The poet thought that the
only task set before 16 him was that the plays he wrote should
please the public. 13. Crassus did not live to see 17 marred
in every respect that state in which, even in its greatest
bloom, 18 he would have surpassed every one in glory. 14. That
same year Cumae was captured by the Campanians, a city
that the Greeks had possession of at that time. 15. No
matter who it is that 19 reaches a high position, 20 he will
become dizzy. 21
1 Omit. a = ' which if he absorbs ' ; be careful of the tense. 3 Notice
the manifold translation of the Latin Comparative. 4 nolle. B 545, 3,
R. 3. e See Ex. 4, Note 2. 7 416, 17. 8 = * whatever.' 9 ars etpraecepta;
Hendiadys. 10 in mentem venire. ll Uendiadys = ' madness and insan-
ity.' 12 616, i, x. 2. 13 uti. 14 aquosus. 16 Use passive construction.
16 negotium dare ; see 369. 17 ' To live to see ' = 'to see.' 18 \Jseflorens.
19 = 'whoever.' 80 fastigium. 21 v ertigine corripi.
RELATIVE SENTENCES I 6l
a
47. 1. Great is the admiration felt 1 for a man who speaks
eloquently and wisely, for those who hear him think he is
wiser than everybody else. 2. I did not suppose there were
any human heings in whose eyes 2 my life was hateful. 3.
They recounted what dangers threatened 3 their respective 4
cities hy land and sea and begged the king for reinforcements.
4. Are you the man that has lost everything? 5. I have
taken refuge with you, to whom I am compelled the most
wretched thing in my eyes 5 to be a burden 6 rather than a
blessing. 6 6. Of the number of those 7 who were consuls dur-
ing those years many are dead. 7. The Arabians have fleet
horses and swift camels, which latter they call the ships of
the desert. 8. Apollonius was wont to urge each man to that
profession 8 for which he thought him fit. 9. In the year in
which Tarquin the Overbearing was exiled from Rome, the
Athenians exiled Hippias. 10. Verres sent to King Anti-
ochus to 9 ask for the most beautiful vessels he had seen in
his palace. 10 11. Being n in the straits in which I have shown
him to have been, he resolved to resign 12 his office. 12. May
I die if I do not think that your glory is such 13 that you
prefer to be consulted by Caesar rather than enriched by him.
13. Atticus sent to Cicero for H the most charming books
he had. 14. All ancient nations once obeyed kings, a kind
of government 15 that was at first offered 16 only to the wisest
and justest men. 15. We never return to our parents what
we receive from them, nor will our children return to us
what they receive from us. 16. The wall was torn down, for
it separated 17 the city from the citadel.
1 Omit ; what is the proper construction after a substantive ? a 611,
R. 1. s Do not personify. 4 318, 3. B Dative. 6 356, R. 2. 7 = ' of that
number.' 8 ars. 9 435. 10 416, 4. " 585, R. " se dbdicare. 13 616, i,
N. 2. 14 Usepetere. l * genus imperil. 16 deferre. 1T dirimere.
62 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
D.
48. 1. Philosophy contains the doctrine 1 not only 2 of
duty but also 2 that of 3 living well, so that he who teaches 4
it seems to undertake a very important role. 2. Let the
punishment stop at those 5 with whom the fault originated.
3. The soldier slipped out through the pickets 6 and told the
commander of the enemy the-facts-of-the-case. 7 4. We are
the men that have often loaded you with kindness. 5. The
Lacedaemonians slew King Agis a thing that had never hap-
pened among them before. 6. All Italy took up arms against
the Romans, and whilst 8 their fortune was terrible their cause
was just. 7. This great war that lasted so long, by which
all nations were oppressed, Pompey brought to an end in one
year. 8. He is not to be endured as an accuser who is him-
self caught 9 in the vice which he blames in another. 9. Ma-
rius, having accomplished the business that he had pro-
posed to himself, returned to Cirta. 10. Philip subjugated
the Aetolians, deserted as they were 10 by the Romans, the
only help to which they trusted. 11. Let us see how potent
the remedies are that are applied by philosophers to diseases
of the mind. 11 12. If you had allowed me, such is 12 my love
for you that I should have settled the matter with the heirs.
13. This was the most glorious day of the many festive days
that Scipio had seen in the course of his life. 14. Then
I became quaestor, an office that I filled in the consulship of
Tuditanus and Cethegus. 15. However 13 things turn out,
remember to urge as an excuse 14 my ill-health. 16. The last
battle of the war will never be effaced 15 from my mind, for I
lost both my father and my uncle in it.
1 disciplina. * etet. 3 308, R. 3. 4 profiteri. B 611, R. 1. 6 inter-
valla stationum. T = 'what had been done.' 8 482, 4. 9 deprehendere.
10 'As they were' is an English addition. " Plural. 12 616, i, N. 2.
" utut. M Study the construction of excusare. 15 oUitterare in.
13. RELATIVE SENTENCES II.
G. 624-637; A. & G. 316-320 (581 (2), 535, 559, 580, 583 (b), 592, 593,
406); B. 312, 323, 324, 282 (2), 283, 284 (2 and 4); H. 589-593, 595
(4); H. & B. 502 (i and 2), 507 (1), 508, 509, 515 (2), 517 (2), 519 (2),
521 (i), 522, 523, 539; L. 1816-1837; W. 586-589, 578.
To obtain the Moods in Relative Sentences it is necessary
to resolve the Relative into a Demonstrative and a conjunc-
tion and clioose the Mood accordingly. Thus Indefinite and
Causal relatives have, as a rule, the Indicative (626, 628),
while Final and Consecutive relatives take the Subjunctive
(630, 631). The principle of Subordination in Oratio Obli-
qua governs 628 and 629. When the Cause is circumstan-
tial we have the construction of cum, and also when an Ad-
versative idea is felt (633, 634). The Characteristic Relative
(631) needs careful attention and should not be used over-
much. Much neatness can be secured in construction of
Relatives (636).
63
64 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
A.
49. 1. The maiden was of such exceptional beauty that
in whatever direction she walked 1 she attracted 2 everybody's
eyes. 2. The army of Caesar seemed to us to have more
daring than that of Pompey, inasmuch 3 as it had waged war
on its country. 3. My competitors, so far as 4 they seem to be
fixed, are Galba and Antonius. 4. Sulpicius was, above all
others that I have heard, I mean a magnificent orator. 5.
All men are persuaded 5 that God is the master and regulator
of all things, and 6 that what happens happens according to
his will. 6. This is what 7 I wonder at, that any man 8 should
so wish to destroy another as to scuttle even the vessel in
which he himself is sailing. 7. There is nothing that cannot
be bought if you are willing to give as much as the seller
wants. 8. The messengers who were to bring 9 the king the
tidings that his son had fallen were taken into the royal
palace to set forth to the king in person what 10 they had seen
and heard concerning the death of his son. 9. The Roman
race is one n that cannot 12 stay beaten. 10. An old man has
not anything more to hope for even. 11. I am not ignorant
that there are some 13 who have stated that Carthage was
taken the year before. 12. Miserable old man ! u not to have
perceived in so long a life that death was to be despised. 13.
The creditor turned the poor fellow out of house and home, 15
although he had not yet buried his father. 14. Cato, who
could 16 have held Sicily without any trouble, and to whom 17
if he had held it all the conservatives would have flocked, set
out from Syracuse day before yesterday.
1 incedere; be careful of the tense. 2 convertere. 3 quippe. * 627.
6 persuasum habere. 6 635. 7 ' Is what ' makes the English smoother.
8 not aliquis; see 317. ' This was their function ; see G31. 10 611, R. 2.
11 is. " = ' does not know (how) to.' 13 Undefined. 14 qui is necessary.
16 ' And home ' fills out the English phrase. J6 Simple fact without char-
acterization. 17 636.
RELATIVE SENTENCES II 65
B.
50. 1. Who is there that thinks that no matter how 1 a
man is killed punishment must be inflicted, when he sees
that under some circumstances 2 the sword to slay 3 the man
is held out to us by the laws themselves ? 2. His brother
Lucius is leader of the gang, as 4 one who has done hard 5
fighting abroad. 3. Sestius was expected day before yester-
day, but he has not come so far as I know. 4. All my sister's
children that I have seen have grey eyes. 5. There would
be no exportation of the things in which we abound, 6 nor
importation of the things that we need, if merchants did not
perform 7 these functions. 8 6. In the case 9 of paintings,
it happens that those who are unacquainted with the art rel-
ish 10 and praise things that are not to be praised. 7. " Since
the colonies have rebelled," said King George, "let us send
commissioners to rebuke, not to entreat them." 8. The Car-
thaginians sent ambassadors to Rome to congratulate the
senate and people of Rome and present n a golden wreath,
which was to be deposited in the sanctuary of Jupiter.
9. Philistus, who imitated Thucydides, deserves to be 12
counted among the great historians. 10. I meet many
people every day, for many are the gentlemen 13 who come
here for the sake of their health. 11. The senators of
Rome, thinking that they would never be free from machi-
nations so long u as Hannibal was alive, sent ambassadors to
Bithynia to demand of Prusias that he should put him to
death. 12. The rascal ! not to have awaited your con-
venience. 13. I wrote in reply that I was worse, 15 and that
on that account 16 I wanted her to come to me at once.
1 = 'in whatever (way).' 2 aliqnando. 3 Gerundive. * utpote. 6 Ex-
press by a preposition in composition. * abundare. 7 fungi. 8 munus.
9 418, i, b. 10 deledari. u = ' with a gift of.' 12 631, i. " optimus vir.
14 665.
66 . LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
a
51. 1. No matter what l you bid for Drusus' gardens,
what one must have is always cheap. 2 2. The Gauls in head-
long 3 flight sought the camp, itself full of terror and tumult,
inasmuch 4 as women and children were mingled together in
it. 4 3. None of the poets so far as I have read them has
ever equalled the silliness of Ma.evius. 4. Aristides was so
conspicuously free from 5 covetousness that he alone in the
memory of men so far indeed as we have heard was called
by the surname " Just. 7 ' 5. Ambiorix exhorted the Nervii
not to let this opportunity slip of taking vengeance 6 upon
the Romans for the insults which they had received from the
enemy. 6. I beg you not to spare expense 7 in anything so
far as is necessary for your health. 7. Thus far I have found
scarcely any one who did not think that what Caesar demanded
ought to be granted rather than fight 8 the matter out. 8.
There are people who forget favors 9 received because they
are ashamed of having received them. 9. The Macedonians
felled trees which were too large 10 for armed soldiers pos-
sibly 11 to carry. 10. Miltiades was a man of wonderful
affability, 12 so that no one was so humble as not to have free
access to him. 13 11. You will find people who think-more-
of 14 their own safety than of the state. 12. After the battle
of Allia a great number of Eomans fled to Veii, where they
thought they were safer than at Rome. 13. Nero, although
he was a man of unbounded debauchery, was indisposed 15
but three times, all-told, 16 in 17 fourteen years. 14. At the
first watch Fabius gave a signal to those who were in the
citadel and who had the harbor in charge. 18
1 Usequantusquantus. 2 See 380, 2, R. 3 effusns. * ut ubi. 6 = 'ex-
celled so in self-restraint (abstinentia).' 6 ulcisci means ' to take ven-
geance upon.' 7 sumptus. e depugnare ; 644, R. 3. u beneficium. 10 298.
11 Use verb. ia 349, R. 3. 1S = 'to where a free approach (aditus) was
not open.' " pluris habere. 15 languescere. 16 omnino. "336, R. 2.
18 = ' the charge (custodia) of the harbor.'
KELAT1VE SENTENCES II 6/
D.
52. 1. No matter how * the case stands, we shall certainly
resist Cato. 2. You are all of less value than Albius and
Atrius, for 2 you have subjected yourselves to them. 3. The
consul marched in close order, 3 for he perceived that he had
already reached the enemy. 4. All the provinces, so far
indeed 4 as they belong 5 to the mainland, have been occu-
pied by the enemy. 5. So far as appears 6 in literature,
Pherecydes was the first to 7 say that the souls of men were
immortal. 6. Quintilian's precept is excellent, namely, 8
that parents should do nothing 9 that is unbecoming nor 10
say anything that is shameful to u hear. 7. There is nothing
more disgraceful than to carry on war with a man with whom
you have lived on intimate terms. 8. He sent word to the
dictator that he wanted another army to oppose 12 Hannibal
with. 9. There is no one who has equalled Hannibal in
hatred 13 of the Romans. 10. After almost the whole world
was brought into a state of pacification, 14 the Roman empire
was too great 15 for it to be possible 16 that it should be sub-
jugated by a foreign power. 11. How few 17 are those who
say that pleasure is not a blessing ! 12. I know not what to
answer except this one thing, that I am sorry for what I have
done. 18 13. Against the Tarentines, who live in Lower Italy,
war was declared by the Romans for having maltreated 19 the
ambassadors of the Romans. 14. Atticus, wanting the com-
munity set free, paid 20 the cash out of his own purse. 21 15.
Masinissa complained that Scipio had not attacked Syphax
at once, when he knew to a certainty 22 that he would go over
to the Carthaginians.
1 Use quisquis. * guidem. 3 = ' with closed (cogere) line.' * quidem.
5 366. 6 exstare. 7 325, R. 7. 8 Omit ; the Latin word scilicet over-
translates the English. 543, 4. 10 444, 2. "436. 12 Use passive.
13 = ' the hatred of Hannibal.' 14 pacare. 16 298. ie Use^osse. " quotus-
qniique est. 18 Participle. 19 iniuria afficere. 20 nufiierare. 21 de suo.
22 cerium habere.
14. COMPARATIVE SENTENCES.
G. 638-644; A. & G. 106, 234 (N. 2), 247, 250 (R.), (323 (g\ 384 (N. 2),
406, 407, 414 (a),; B. 140, 223 (last ex.), 341 (i, c), 217, 284 (4); H.
189, 471, 499, 508 (5), 591 (6); H. & B. 144, 416, 417, 521 (2, c); L.
1889-1897, 1973; W. 5S6-589.
In Comparative Sentences the large number of Correlative
forms is noteworthy, and their exact meanings are to be
studied. Be careful not to misplace the relative part. Note
particularly 641. The more the more is apt to be confusing
if attention is not paid to which is really the relative and
which the correlative clause ; and the coalescence of the mem-
bers is interesting. The ut of 'limitation' is a dainty idio-
matic use (642, K. 4). Clauses with atque should be compared
with those with quam and the variety of usage noted (643,
N". 4). In Sentences with quam the proper case is important
(644, K. 1), and constructions with potius the proper mood
(R. 3). Do not forget Disproportion (298) and Double
Comparative (299), nor Adversative ut ita (482, 4) and
Asseverative ita ut (262).
68
COMPARATIVE SENTENCES 69
A.
53. 1. I give myself up to Catullus, a poet of greater
charm 1 than any 2 of his contemporaries. 2. Have you ever
used a better ink than mine ? 3. Agamemnon slew his
daughter Iphigenia, than whom there was never a lovelier
maiden in all Greece. 4. It is not so wretched not to obtain
what you wish as to wish to obtain what you ought 3 not to
have. 5. To Hannibal this event seemed to be too joyful to
be all at once 4 appreciated. 5 6. Hamilcar was a man of such
mettle 6 that he preferred to perish rather than return home
in such disgrace. 7. Each 7 man hopes to have 7 Metellus'
fortune, as if hoping were more prudent than fearing.
8. Esteem other men as highly as you wish to be esteemed
by them. 9. You have stained your character 8 with a great
blot by charging 9 that innocent old man with crimes such
as no one will ever believe him to have committed. 10. As
I live, what my sister and I have told you is true. 11. Every
learned man is proportionally 10 modest. 12. Numa was a
man deeply learned n for that age in all divine and human
law. 13. This battle, while less severe than the former one
in the disasters 12 that followed it, in actual loss 13 to the
army was even more disastrous. 14. I am afraid that what
I am saying cannot be understood so well M when it is heard 15
as I understand it in my thoughts. 15 15. They did not miss
their leader in prosperity so much 14 as they felt their lack
of him in adversity. 16. I am afraid that Phaedria has in-
terpreted that in a different way from the way 16 1 meant n it.
1 Use venustus. a In a negative clause what pronoun? 317, i. 8 Use
oportere; for the mood, see G31. * statim. 5 ammo capere. 6 ferocia ;
349, R. 3. 7 quisque; see 318, 3. 8 = 'yourself.' 9 513, N. 3; use
insimulare. 10 642, R. 2 ; ' proportionally ' is involved in the comparison.
II Remember that the translation of the Superlative is extremely vari-
ous; use consultus. 12 Omit. 13 strages ; what case does a substantive
take after it? M Negative construction vfith perinde. 18 Use participles.
18 aliovorsum accipere atque. 17 facere.
7<D LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
B.
54. 1. He said that the causes of events interested him
more than the events themselves. 2. JS"o castle is so lofty * that
a donkey laden with gold cannot ascend to it. 2 3. He advanced
too incautiously for his time of life, 8 for he was "by that time 4
sixty years old and ten years older than his colleague.
4. Velleius feared nothing so much as to seem to be hesitating
about anything. 5. Chabrias indulged himself too liberally
to be able to escape the hatred 5 of the mob. 6. He said that
the sight of the place would rather arouse him to wipe out
the memory of his former disgrace than 6 inspire him with
fear. 7. Verginius slew the maiden with his own hand
rather than that she should be given over to the lust of
Claudius. 8. The cowardly urged that it would be better
to 7 retire than be driven back. 9. How was Epicurus
happier because he lived in his own country than Metro-
dorus because he lived at Athens ? 10. Marcellus had
settled it in 1 his mind 8 that no one was so good a match 9
for Hannibal as himself. 11. Citizens are usually of the
same character 10 as the leading men of the state. 12. We
have an amount n of leisure that it has not been our good
fortune 12 to have for a long time. 13. The Romans acted
prudently as far as that was possible 13 in so rash an under-
taking. 14. While 14 the misfortune of the other commanders
lessened their authority, his dignity, on the other hand,
increased daily in spite of reverse. 15 15. Philosophy is so far
from 16 being praised as it deserves that it is even neglected 17
by most and blamed 17 by many. 16. To those things which
are born from the earth nature has given nothing beyond
protecting them by nurture 18 and increase. 18
1 = ' too lofty for '; see 298. 2 in. *aetas. 4 iam. *invidia. 6 644,
R. 3. 7 = ' they should rather.' " in animnm inducere. 9 = ' so equal '
(par). 10 talis. J1 tantum. 12 Translate by a verb of Happening; see
Ex. 24, Note 12. " Express this phrase by a single word; 642, R. 4.
14 482, 4. 16 Abl. Abs. 16 552, R. i. ir 664, R. 1. 18 Gerund.
COMPARATIVE SEKTEKCES 7 1
a
55, 1. I am desirous of hearing Stephanas, a higher
authority J than Casaubon himself. 2. It was evident that
the tumult was too 2 violent to be quieted. 3. I have read
Charles' last novel, than which I can imagine 3 nothing more
absurd. 4. As a rule 4 it does not occur to me why a thing is
true so readily as why it is false. 5. The joy was too great
for men to perceive its full meaning. 5 G. He is a good man
who is determined to endure every torture rather than 6 be
recreant to his duty or his honor. 7. Dolabella left Asia too
quickly for a garrison possibly 7 to be transported thither.
8. I do not think there was any one who reported 8 less than
he had actually plowed, when so many penalties were set
before 9 him. 9. Who ever heard who your father was before
he heard whose son-in-law he was ? 10. As you sow, 10 so
shall you reap. 11. After Hannibal had fled from home he
called his brother Mago to him, and when the Punics heard
of this, they visited n Mago with the same punishment as 12
his brother. 12. The better a man is, the harder it is for
him 13 to suspect that others are knaves. 13. It is better
that such evils should not happen; still, 14 as they 15 did
happen, they afforded great material for oratory. 14. Our
youth are careless and are not occupied so much as they
should be with the desire for glory. 15. I saw that he had
not been moved in the same way 16 as I had been. 16. And
crying out that he would die rather than break 17 his word,
he was about to plunge the sword into his breast when the
bystanders seized 18 his arm and 18 forcibly 19 restrained him.
17. The land of our adoption 20 is nearly 21 as dear to us as
the land of our birth. 20
1 locuples auctor. 2 298. 3 sibi substituere, 'to imagine.' 4 Use solere.
6 = 'take it all in' (accipere). 6 644, R. 3. T Use verb. 8 profitere. 9 pro-
ponere. 10 Be careful of the tense. " ajficere. " 642, i. 18 = 'with
the more difficulty does he.' "482,4. l& cum. 16 similiter. 17 fidem
exuere. 18 664, R 1. 19 ri. 20 =' which adopted (excipere) us,' 'which
bore us ': 604, R. 2. 21 ' is not very differently dear.'
72 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
D.
56. 1. The causes of events interest me more than the
events themselves. 2. There was no desertion, because they
had already committed crimes too l great possibly 2 to be
forgiven. 3. Not less than 3 twenty thousand men were
taken prisoners. 4. He was not less than forty years old
when 4 he married. 5. What is a greater sin against human-
ity 5 than to divert that eloquence which 6 has been given by
nature for the protection and preservation of men to the
overthrow and destruction of the good ? 6. To Philip, who
was not accustomed to hear the truth, this language seemed
bolder than one ought to hold 7 in the presence of the king.
7. Zeno endured everything rather 8 than betray those who
were implicated 9 in the overthrow of the tyranny. 8. They
affirm that the wise man will assume no part in the govern-
ment beyond what 10 the necessities of the occasion n require.
9. It is better to do some one thing capitally than to do a
good many things moderately well. 12 10. They say that
Plato had the same view 13 of the eternal existence of the
soul as Pythagoras. 11. Hannibal had not supposed that
so many nations of Italy would revolt as did revolt after the
battle of Cannae. 12. The more a man is furnished 14 with
virtues, the more is he to be reverenced. 13. If you will
write to me how you are, it will be the greatest possible
favor 15 to me. 14. There were some who believed that
while 16 Capito was disgraced and stained by avarice and pas-
sion, still he had refrained from any thought of revolution.
15. When a state is blotted out it is in a way to compare
small things with great just 17 as if this whole world were
falling into ruins. 18 16. Those who had served in those regions
recalled the river as well 19 as the disaster that occurred there. 20
v\ '
1 298. a Use verb. s 296, R. 4. 4 Omit, using Participial construction.
6 = 'more inhuman.' 6 637. 7 Use Passive of habere. 8 664, R. 3.
9 consents; follow by a Gerundive construction. 10 extra quam si. ll =.
'time and necessity '; 698. 12 mediocriter. 13 idem sentire. l * ornatus.
16 gratum ; 303. 18 482, 4. 17 simile est. 18 interire. 19 iuxta atque. ao Omit.
15. PARTICIPIAL AND MISCELLANEOUS SEN-
TENCES (to, without).
G. 664-670; A. & G. 289-294 (488-499); B. 337; II. 636-640; H. & B.
599-608; L. 2278-2299; W. 645-652.
Participial Sentences serve two purposes : compactness and
continuity. Hence they need careful study, and the proper
handling is a mark of correct feeling for the language. No-
tice the variety of the translation into a subordinate clause
or an abstract substantive, and the variety of conception :
Time, Cause, Concession, Condition, etc. Temporal rela-
tions must be looked to ; particularly because the Participles
are defective. Hence the wide use of Deponents. In the
case of the Future Participle watch the periods of the lan-
guage. Do not forget 437, 438.
To is a very varied word in English : it is the sign of the
substantival Infinitive, the mark of the Dative Case; it is
used after various words to introduce relations of Design,
and with many expressions it is merely coincident. It is,
besides, used in many phrases. So in translation into Latin
it is necessary to see the exact meaning, and translate that
meaning into Latin.
' Without' may be translated by the preposition sine, by a
negative clause or by an ablative absolute ; then ut non (ne)
may be employed, and after a negative sentence quin. Nisi
is often a favorite translation : see 552, R. 4 ; 556 ; 591, b j
593, 3.
73
74 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
A.
57. 1. While Cinna was lording it in Italy the greater part
of the nobility fled to Sulla in 1 Achaia. 2. I never drink
unless I am thirsty ; many men drink without 2 being thirsty.
3. The Greeks of Europe surrounded with cities the sea-
coast of Asia, which they had taken in war. 4. It was
announced to Cincinnatus as he was plowing that he hud
been made dictator. 5. It is the peculiar mark 3 of a well-
constituted mind 4 to rejoice in prosperity, and to grieve over
the opposite. 5 6. I was hired to cook and not to be beaten.
7. There is nothing to 6 prevent your friends from coming to
your aid, unless perhaps they are afraid of an ambush.
8. What you are doing so 7 inconsiderately is merely 7 to 8
betray the Eoinan people and give the victory to Hannibal.
9. We cannot let him go without giving him a reward. 9
10. Terentius Varro, without waiting for his colleague's aid,
joined battle. 11. Charles lived many years with his mother
and sister, without ever having had a difficulty 10 with them.
12. Sulla withdrew his forces without firing n the tower.
13. A vast swarm of locusts filled all the country around Ca-
pua, without its appearing 12 whence they came. 14. Amyntas
informed the soldiers that the commandant 13 of Egypt had
fallen in battle, that the Persian garrison was both without a
leader and weak, that the Egyptians, always hostile to their u
commandants, would regard them as allies. 15. Inflamed
with anger and thoroughly frightened by the danger, King
Porsena threatened 15 Mucius Scaevola with 15 fire and death
if he did not speedily disclose all the conspiracy. 16. I am
afraid that owing to my interest 16 in the subject I have been
too prolix.
1 Remember 337, R. 6. 2 neque or etsi. * proprium. * English often
confuses ' mind' and 'spirit.' 5 contrarius. 8 631, 2. 7 Omit. b 428,
R. 2. "Abl. Abs. with nisi; see Ex. 22, Note 3. 10 simultas. " suc-
cendere. ia constare. 18 praetor. 14 suus or is ? 15 minari alicui
aliquid; 346. lfl = 'carried away (efferre) by my zeal.'
PARTICIPIAL AND MISCELLANEOUS SENTENCES 75
B.
58. 1. After the consul had got possession of great booty
he returned to camp. 2. Democritus threw away l his wealth
because he thought it a burden to 2 a good mind . 3. Although
Paullus dissuaded from it, 3 Varro attacked the Carthaginians.
4. After taking Thermopylae, Xerxes immediately set out for
Athens, and, 4 as no one defended it, 4 he destroyed it 4 by fire,
after killing the priests found in the Acropolis. 5 5. Duilius
was the first to 6 conquer the Punics on the sea. 6. I am
going to take up my lodgings 7 at my uncle's. 7. The Cartha-
ginian senators said that Hannibal had not crossed the Alps
to wage war on the Tarentines. 8. There is no one to my
knowledge 8 that would have received you more cordially. 9.
During the war with Pompey 9 nothing happened without my
foretelling it. 10. Can you condemn Cornelius without con-
demning also the act of Marius ? 11. Show yourself worthy
of being believed ! ? without swearing. 12. That you should
have written so many letters to Corinth without n writing
any to me ! 13. The general thought that he would not be
a match for such a mass of the enemy without sending for
auxiliary troops. 14. The consul made a speech in which he
said 12 that people were mistaken if they thought that the
senate had still any considerable power 13 in the state ; that as
for 14 the Roman knights, they should pay 15 for the day on
which they met armed on the Capitoline hill, and 16 that the
time had come for those who had been in fear he meant
forsooth the conspirators to avenge themselves. 15. Cicero
said that if Caesar did not execute anybody and did not take
away anything from anybody he would be liked most by
those who feared him most.
1 proicere. 'Genitive. s 'From it' is implied. 4 610, R. 1. B arx.
'325, R. 6. 7 habitare. 8 627, R. 1. 9 Pompeianus. 10 fidem habere, ' to
believe.' n cum. ia This is involved in the word 'speech.' J * posse.
14 U severe; 487. 16 poenas dare. "Omit.
j6 LATIN COMPOSITION CONSTRUCTIONS
a
59. 1. As the consul was hastening to Rome, the enemy
overtook his army. 2. Lucius Scipio received the surname
of Asiaticus, because he had conquered Asia after the example
of his brother, who was called Africanus for l having subju-
gated 2 Africa. 3. The Stoics change the words without
changing the things. 4. No one observes the moon except 3
when it is in eclipse. 4 5. Romulus marched out with all his
forces and commanded a part of his soldiers to lie in ambush. 5
6. You will do me a very great favor 6 to send me the third
volume of Tennyson's poems. 7. To think that you should
have envied a man who had loaded you with benefits ! 8. The
Greek language lends itself more readily 7 to the composition 8
of words. 9. Is it true liberality to give money without de-
priving one's self of any comfort ? 10. The precepts of art are
of little avail to form an orator without the assistance 9 of
nature. 11. He departed without accomplishing his mis-
sion. 10 12. Who ever saw a man presented with a wreath
without a city having been taken, or a camp of the enemy
fired ? 13. Fulvius received n the letter, and n without
opening it, laid it down. 14. Mago was afraid that the Li-
gurians themselves, perceiving that the Punics were evacu-
ating 12 Italy, would go over to those in whose power they
soon would be. 15. Compelled by necessity, they cried out
that he might lead them whithersoever he thought good.
16. I told him that I could not take the young man to my
heart, 13 unless I was absolutely u certain that he was a friend
to the conservatives. 17. I think that if Philip of Mace-
don had not been instructed 15 in the military science of the
Greeks he would not have defeated the Greeks at Chaeronea.
1 666. a domare. 3 591, 2, R. 2. * laborare. 5 subsidere in insidiis.
8 pergratum. 7 facilem esse. 8 Use duplicare. 9 664, R. 2. 10 res.
11 664, R. 1. 12 relinquere in passive construction. 1S complecti. " ex-
ploratum esse. 15 339, N. 4.
PARTICIPIAL AND MISCELLANEOUS SENTENCES 77
D.
60. 1. When we behold the heavens l we are certain that
the world is the work of God. 2. After Tarquin had been
exiled from Rome, Brutus was chosen consul. 3. What gen-
eral is so crazy as to think that victory will perch 2 on his 3
lap without his doing anything ? 4. Lucretius triumphed
over 4 the Aequians and Volscians whom he had conquered,
and as he was triumphing his legions followed him. 5. It is
not right 5 for you to do that. 6. If there had been any one 6
to dissuade 7 me from so dastardly a course, 8 I should either
have fallen honorably, or should be living as a conqueror to-
day. 7. You have done well to 9 hide your life from the
foolish rabble. 8. It is hard to tell who was responsible 10
for the plan of overthrowing the state. 9. Nature has given
us life as a loan n without fixing a day for repayment. 12 10.
That certainly would never have occurred to me without being
reminded of it. 11. Gorgias lived full 107 years without
relaxing 13 in his enthusiasm 14 for literature. 12. Can one
of the two armies be sent to Rome without raising the siege
of Capua ? 13. He was three miles off without 15 any of the
enemy having perceived it. 14. The Roman general said
that Hannibal had not attacked his camp because he was
lying-torpid owing to an error which would not last 16 long.
15. Vibius said that those who talked about peace and sur-
render did not remember what they would have done if they
had had the Romans in their power. 16. The Punics tried to
take the Roman general alive, but he attacked them so fiercely
that he could not have been spared 17 unless they had been
willing to lose many more of their men.
1 Singular. a =r ' fly down (devolare) into his bosom.' * 350, I. * de.
6 fas. "317, i. 7 revocare. 8 consilium. 9 525. lo auctorem esse; 'the
plan' may be omitted. " mutuum dare. 12 Omit ' for repayment' and
use dicere. 13 cessare. 14 studium; 360, I, R. 1. 16 cum. " diuturnum
esse. 17 217.
SECOND PART
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 8 1
1 A.
A STRATAGEM OF CYRUS.
61. After * subjugating Asia and bringing 2 all the East
into his power, Cyrus made war on the Scythians. At that
time Tomyris was queen of the Scythians, but 3 not fright-
ened, as might have been expected of a woman, 4 by the
approach of the enemy, instead 5 of keeping them from
crossing the Araxes, as she might 5 have done, she permitted
them to cross, thinking that the conflict would be easier for
her within the limits of her own kingdom and that flight
would be more difficult for the enemy with the river in their
rear. 6 And 7 so Cyrus put his forces across, and after advanc-
ing some distance into Scythia pitched his camp. Then on
the next day he deserted his camp under a pretence 8 of
fright and left there among other things 9 a large store 10 of
wine. When this 11 was announced to the queen she sent
her son, a youth, to follow him up with a third part of her
forces. Arrived at the camp of Cyrus the inexperienced
lad, 12 as if he had come to a feast not to a fray, gave no
further thought to 13 the enemy, and suffered the barbarians
to make themselves heavy with 14 the wine, to which they
were unaccustomed. Cyrus found 15 it out, returned 15 during
the night, surprised 15 them while they were overcome, 16 and
slew them all, together with the son of the queen.
1 Abl. Abs. ; 665. 2 redigere. 3 Relative. Latin uses the relative con-
struction much more frequently than the English, and expresses by it
various constructions. 4 muUebriter ; but see 642, K. 4, for a different
translation. 8 = ' whereas (cum) she might.' e = 'by reason of the inter-
position (obiectus) of the river.' 7 Turn this sentence into a period of this
type : Participial Clause, Subordinate (here cum) Clause, Principal Verb.
8 Latin objects to abstract substantives ; so use simulare. 9 et alia et.
10 copia. "Relative; 610. 12 = ' lad, ignorant of military science.'
13 omittere ; do not make a principal verb of this. 14 se onerare. 16 One
period ; see note 7. 16 saucius.
6
82 LATIN COMPOSITION
1 B.
THE BATTLE OF MARATHON.
62. Darius after making an unsuccessful 1 war on the
Scythians with a loss 2 of 80,000 men subdued Asia and
Macedonia, and 3 defeated the lonians also in a naval battle.
Then learning 4 that the Athenians had furnished help to
the lonians against him, he directed 5 the full tide 6 of war
upon them. Hearing 4 of his advance the Athenians asked
aid of the Lacedaemonians, at that time an allied state.
But when they saw that they were detained by a religious
observance, 7 without waiting 8 for reinforcements they drew
up 10,000 of their own citizens and 1,000 auxiliaries from
Plataea and marched forth to 9 battle against 600,000 of the
enemy on the plains of Marathon. Miltiades was both the
leader in the war and the man who influenced 10 them not to
wait for aid ; so confident had he become n that there was
more help in speed than in allies. So they went into the
fight with high spirits, 12 so high indeed 13 that, though there
was a mile between the two lines of battle, the Athenians
started at a double-quick 14 and reached 15 the enemy before
they discharged 16 their arrows. And the result matched 17
the boldness of Miltiades, for they fought with such valor
that you would have thought that on the one side were men,
on the other sheep.
1 Use nequiquam. 2 Abl. Abs. ; 664, R. 2. 3 The addition of ' also '
makes et not so good as atque. * The lack of a Perf. Partic. active makes
necessary the use of a subordinate clause, or of an Abl. Abs; see 410,
N. 4. 6 convertere. 6 impetus. 7 religio. 8 ' Without ' has to be variously
translated in Latin ; see page 73. 9 in. 10 Use auctor. " = ' so grea\
confidence had taken possession (capere) of him, that he thought.'
12 animorum alacritas. 13 adeo. lf citato cursu. 1B See 513. 18 Use
iactus. " = ' nor did the result fail,' etc,
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 83
1 0.
BATTLE OF THERMOPYLAE.
63. After 1 dismissing his allies Leonidas exhorted the
Spartans, saying 2 that they should remember that they
must fall in any case ; but they should not wait to be 3 sur-
rounded by the enemy, but while night gave the opportunity
should come upon them unawares 4 ; nowhere would they
fall 5 more honorably than as victors in the camp of the
enemy. There was nothing to which it was difficult to per-
suade men already persuaded to die. 6 At once they seized
their arms, and 600 as they were, 7 they broke into the camp
of 500,000 and at once struck for 8 the headquarters of the
king, either to make him share their death, 9 or if they
themselves were cut down first, to perish, if possible, 10 in the
lair n of their great foe. Wild confusion spread 12 through
the whole camp. The Spartans, failing to find 13 the king,
roamed victorious through all the camp, cut down and
levelled everything like men who knew that they were fight-
ing not with the hope of victory but to avenge 14 their fall.
The battle was prolonged from nightfall to a late hour 15 in
the day. At last, not conquered but worn out with conquer-
ing, they fell amid vast hordes of fallen foes. No wonder
that Xerxes after 16 such a blow on land determined to try
his fortune by sea. 17
1 Abl. Abs. 2 The verb of Saying is often involved in the Oratio
Obliqua ; 649, N. 2. 3 Note the various constructions with exspectare;
572, R. 2. * securus. b perire. 6 423, 2, N. 2. 7 'As they were' is an
English addition to emphasize the smallness of their numbers ; the
Roman gains the same effect by juxtaposition. " petere. 9 = ' to die
with him.' 10 potissimum. " sedes, 12 oriri. 13 = ' after they do not
find.' 14 Use a substantive, parallel with spes. 15 maior pars. 16 Use
accipere. 1T = ' try the fortune of the sea.'
84 LATIN COMPOSITION
1 D.
THE BATTLE OF SALAMIS.
64, All the fleet of the allies had been united and all intent
on a naval war, and the straits of the Bay of Salamis had been
occupied to prevent 2 the possibility 3 of being surrounded 2
by greater numbers, when 1 a dissension arose among the
leaders of the several 4 states, who wished to withdraw
from the war and slip away to protect their own homes.
But 5 Themistocles, fearing lest by the departure of the
allies the strength of the fleet might be diminished, an-
nounced to Xerxes by the agency of 6 a faithful slave that
all Greece was herded 7 up in that one place, and that he
could very readily capture it ; but if the different states,
which were already desirous to depart, should be scattered
he would have to hunt 8 them down, one by one, with greater
labor. By this stratagem he impelled the king to give the
signal for battle. In the meantime the king, as if he were
a mere spectator of the fight, remained on the shore with a
part of his navy, while 9 Artemisia, queen of llalicarnassus,
who had come to the assistance of Xerxes, was fighting 10
valiantly, so that you might have seen in the man a woman's n
cowardice, 12 in the woman a man's 11 bravery. When the
battle was trembling in the balance 13 the lonians, following
the instructions of Themistocles, began by degrees to with-
draw from the fight, and their defection dampened 14 the
ardor 15 of the rest.
vJut.jfe'vt i-, to., \B*t-S
1 Observe which part of the sentence is logically subordinate, and use
the particle accordingly. 2 Negative Design involves a positive intention
to prevent. 3 Use posse. 4 Need not be expressed in the Latin. 5 Notice
that the opposition in thought is between the actions of Themistocles
and those of the other leaders change the sentence accordingly. 6 See
401. 7 contrahere. * consectari. " autem. 10 rem gerere. " Use adjectives.
12 timor. 13 anceps. 14 frangere, 15 That is, 'spirits.'
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 85
2 A.
XERXES CLAIMS HIS FATHER^ THRONE.
65. In the meantime Darius, as he was about to renew the
war, died in the very act of making preparations, 1 leaving
many sons who had been born 2 to him both during his reign
and before it. Of these Ariaemenes the eldest claimed 3 the
throne by the privilege of seniority, 4 a right which 5 both
the order of birth 6 and nature itself gave. But Xerxes
started a claim 7 based not on 7 the order but on the happy
conjuncture 8 of birth. Ariaemenes, he said, 9 was, it was
true, the first born to Darius, but he was born to Darius
while a private individual, whereas 10 he was the first born to
the king. And so his brothers, who had been begotten
before, could claim the private patrimony which Darius had
had at that time, but not the throne. It was he who was
the first that n his father had acknowledged 12 in his reign.
Besides 13 this, he was born of a mother who was a queen ;
moreover, he had had as his maternal grandfather Cyrus, a
king, and not merely the heir but the founder of that vast u
empire. And granting 15 that the father had left both
brothers with the same 16 right, yet he, by his mother's right
and his grandfather's, had the better claim. 17 This con-
troversy, by common consent, 18 they referred to their uncle
Artaphernes, who, having examined the matter, gave judg-
ment in favor 19 of Xerxes. _
Ju,5tU, v "J-. '*. >'1
1 Use apparatus . 2 suscipere. 3 vindicare. 4 That is, ' age.' 5 616, 2.
6 Use verb. 7 litem excitare de. 8 felicitas. 9 Omit ; it is quite common
to introduce a clause in 0. 0. by nam, when an explanation is given of a
preceding statement. 10 Opposition need not always be indicated by a
particle. " 325, R. 6. 12 suscipere. 13 Use accedere. u Vastness and
vagueness are often akin ; hence the Roman used tantus in such a sense ;
do not use imperium for 'empire.' 15 604, R. 1. 16 That is, 'equal,'
aequus. " vincere is sufficient for the Roman. 1B concordi animo.
19 praeponere.
86 LATIN COMPOSITION
2 B.
THE ALLIANCE OF THE PERSIANS AND THE LACEDAEMONIANS.
66. While the Athenians were carrying on war in Sicily
with more eagerness than success,, 1 Alcibiades, the originator 2
and leader of the war,, was in his absence accused at Athens
of having divulged the Eleusinian mysteries. 3 Recalled from
the war to stand his trial/ whether from consciousness of
guilt or because he could 5 not bear the outrage of the
charge, without saying a word he went into exile to Elis.
From this point, as soon as he learned that he was not only
condemned but solemnly cursed 6 by all the priests with
religious ceremonies, 7 he betook himself to Lacedaemon and
there incited the Lacedaemonian king to wage war without
provocation 8 against the Athenians, who had been thrown
into confusion by their defeat in Sicily. Hereupon 9 Darius,
the king of the Persians, remembering 10 his father's n hatred
to that state, made an alliance with the Lacedaemonians by
the agency of Tissaphernes and 12 promised to defray 13 all the
expenses of the war. This was his ostensible motive 14 for
combining 16 with the Lacedaemonians ; in reality, however,
he was afraid that the Lacedaemonians, if they defeated the
Athenians, might turn 15 their arms against him. Who then
can wonder that the power of the Athenians was destroyed
when the forces of all the East combined 16 to overwhelm one
city ?
1 Use adverbs and see 299, N. 1. a concitor. 3 = ' the mysteries of
the initiatory rites (initia) of Ceres.' * = ' to his trial.' 5 Make the two
reasons parallel in construction. 6 devovere, ' to curse solemnly.' 7 = * by
the religious ceremony (religio) of,' etc. 8 ultra. 9 quo facto. 10 memor.
11 Use adjective. 12 Use only one principal clause. 13 Unnecessary.
* titulus. 15 transferre. 1G Use different verbs?
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 8/
2 O.
ON THE CHARACTER OF EPAMINONDAS.
67. A few days afterwards Epaminondas died, with whom
fell also the strength 1 of the Theban state. For just as, if
you break 2 off the sharp end 3 of a weapon you take away from
the rest of the steel 4 the power of doing injury, so when the
famous leader of the Thebans, the point of the weapon, as it
were, was removed, the strength 1 of the state was dulled, so
that they seemed not so much to have lost him as to have
perished with him utterly. 3 For they never carried on any
memorable war before he became 6 their leader, nor did they
distinguish 7 themselves after his time by deeds 8 of valor but
by disasters only, so that it is manifest that the glory of his
country was both born and buried 9 with him. Moreover it
was uncertain whether he was a better man or general. For
he always sought command not for himself but for his
country, and he was so careless of acquiring money 10 that
there was no means for defraying his funeral expenses. 11
He was also as little covetous of glory as of money, for all
the offices of command 12 were thrust upon him in spite of
his refusal, 13 and he wore u his honors so that he seemed not
to receive distinction from his position, 15 but to confer it
upon the position 15 itself . \ uf( > ^ %
1 vires; study the difference in meaning between the Singular and
Plural of this word. 2 Be careful of your tense; see 244, R. 4. 3 primn
acies. * To the Roman, iron. 5 = 'all of them.' 6 Do not use a sub-
ordinate clause. 7 insignes esse. s 204, N. 5. 9 extingui. 10 = ' so spar-
ing (parcus) of money.' " = ' means of defraying expenses (all one word,
sumptus] were lacking for/ etc. 12 = commands.' 13 667. 14 gerere.
15 dignitas; omit one 'position.'
88 LATIN COMPOSITION
2 D.
ON THE MUKDEB OP THE FALSE SMERDIS.
68. After l the death of Cambyses, before l the report of
the king's demise had been received, one of the Magi killed
Smerdis, the brother of the king, and 2 substituted his own
brother, who resembled Smerdis closely in face and figure ;
only 3 the false Smerdis 4 had lost his ears. Then the noble 5
Ostanes being informed by his daughter, one of the royal
concubines, that the new king had no ears, communicated
the fact 6 to the leading nobles of Persia, and after instigat-
ing 7 them to murder the impostor 8 bound them by a solemn 9
oath. There were only seven privy to this conspiracy, who,
fearing 10 that if space were left for a change of mind n the
plan might be revealed by some one, forthwith hid weapons
under their garments and 2 proceeded to the palace. There,
after putting to death those whom they met, 12 .they came up
to the Magi, who did not lack courage to defend themselves
either. 13 For they drew their swords and 2 slew two of the
conspirators. Nevertheless they were outnumbered 14 and
seized. 14 Gobryas clasped one of them about the waist, and
when his accomplices were hesitating, lest they should run
him through instead of the Magus, for they were doing the
deed 6 in the dark, 15 he bade them thrust the sword into the
Magus through his body if need were. 16 Nevertheless fortune
so managed it that 17 the Magus was killed without the other
man's being hurt. 18
1 A favorite Latin period is one 'which begins with an Abl. Abs.,
continues with a Subordinate Clause, and concludes with a Principal
Clause. 2 Use only one Principal Clause. 3 nisi quod. * Omit the name
here. 6 Remember that a proper name cannot have an adjective in
Latin. 6 res. 7 Participial expression. s falsus rex. 9 Use religio.
10 'Fearing that' is implied in the particle. n paenitentia. 12 olvius.
13 ne. ..quidem. " = ' were seized by more.' 15 in obscuro loco. 16 vel.
17 The Principal clause is ' the Magus was killed.' 18 = ' (being) un-
harmed.'
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 89
3 A.
HOW DARIUS SOUGHT PEACE FROM ALEXANDER.
69. After the death of his wife Statira, Darius sent ten
envoys to propose 1 new terms of peace. A 2 council was
summoned, and Alexander ordered them to be introduced.
Of these the oldest said: "It* is not your power that has
brought 4 Darius now for the third time to ask peace at your
hands, 5 but it is your justice and self-restraint that have
induced 6 him to do so. Were not your moderation 7 known
to me I would not say that this is a time when you ought
not only to grant peace but to be the first 8 to catch 8 at it.
Look back and see 9 how much you have left behind you ;
behold how much you are aiming at. A dangerous thing is
an overburdensome dominion, for it is difficult to keep to-
gether what you cannot grasp. Do you see how ships that
transcend the ordinary 10 measure cannot be manoeuvred ? n
Indeed, I am inclined to think 12 that Darius Has lost so many
things on this very account, 13 because excessive resources
give room 14 for great losses. It is easier to conquer than to
keep, Heaven knows. 15 How much more readily our hands
seize than hold ! The very death of the wife of Darius ought
to remind you that your mercy has less scope 16 now than it
had."
Ctwvt. fad. ll/. //
1 ferre. 2 The Latin would make one sentence out of these two.
3 = not your power,' etc. 4 suUgere. 5 The Latin is uncolored ; that is,
uses 'you' for 'your hands.' 6 exprimere. 7 'the moderation of
your mind.' 8 Use occupare. v Unnecessary. 10 modus. " regere.
12 457, 2. 13 ideo. 14 locum facere. 16 Use some exclamation ; e.g.
mehercle. 16 = ' less is permitted (licere).'
90 LATIN COMPOSITION"
3 B.
SURRENDER OF CELAENAE.
70. Alexander having sent * Oleander with money to hire
soldiers from the Peloponnesus, and having arranged 1 the
affairs of Lycia and Pamphylia, brought up 2 his army to the
city of Celaenae. The city he entered, evacuated as it was 3
by its defenders ; the citadel, however/ in which they had
taken refuge he undertook to besiege, but 5 before beginning
the siege he sent a herald ahead to warn them that if they
did not surrender they would suffer the extreme penalty. 6
They took the herald up to a tower very lofty 7 by nature
and by art 8 and 9 told him to behold how great its height was,
and to take back word to Alexander that he and the in-
habitants did not measure fortifications by the same stan-
dard 10 ; and 11 that they knew that they could not be taken
by storm 12 ; and n that they would die to the last man for
their honor. 13 But when they saw that the citadel was in-
vested, and that the toils 14 were tightening round them
more and more day by day, they made a truce for sixty days
on these terms, 15 that if Darius did 16 not send them aid
within that time they would surrender the citadel. After
they found 1T that no help came from that quarter they sur-
rendered to the king by 18 the day appointed.
1 The use of participles is influenced by voice. 2 admovere. 3 ' As it
was' is unnecessary in the Latin. * vero ; this can be heightened by
attaching a particle to the preceding clause. 5 Omit 'but' and combine
with preceding clause. 6 ultima (PI.). 7 Use edere. 8 = 'by situation
and work.' 9 Not two coordinate clauses. 10 aestimatio. n Omit. 12 in-
expugnabilis. , 13 = 'faith.' 14 = ' everything had become tighter (artus)S
15 ' On these terms' is unnecessary, or it may be rendered by ita. 16 Be
careful of the tense. 1? Express the perception by the tense. lft ad.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 9!
3 C.
HOW ALEXANDER TREATED HIS PHYSICIAN PHILIP.
71. While Alexander was lying ill at Tarsus he received
from Parmenio, the most faithful of his courtiers, a letter in
which he warned him not to entrust his health to Philip ; and
told him 1 that he had been bribed 2 by Darius with a thousand
talents and the hope of a marriage with 3 his sister. Great
was the anxiety which this letter caused 4 him, and whatever
suggestion e either hope or fear made on either side, he pon-
dered 6 in his heart : " Shall I persist in drinking ? so that if
poison is given to me, whatever happens to me shall seem
to have happened 7 to a man who has not even the plea 8 of not
deserving 8 it ? Shall I find my physician guilty of 9 faithless-
ness 10 and so suffer myself to perish before my time 11 in my
tent ? Well, 12 it is better that I should die by the crime of
another than by my own fear." After long and varied reflec-
tion, 13 without telling any one the contents 14 of the letter,
he sealed it with his own ring and 15 put it under the pillow
on which he slept. Two days having been consumed in these
meditations, the day fixed upon by the physician dawned,
and he entered with the cup in which he had mixed 16 the
potion. At sight of him Alexander received the cup and
drained it unterrified.
1 Oratio Obliqua often enters without formal notice. a corrumpere.
3 See 360, i, n. 1. 4 animo sollicitudinem incutere. 5 Use subicere.
6 Note carefully the tenses in this sentence. 7 Distinguish the three
verbs of Happening. 8 immeritus. 9 damnare. 10 = ' the faith of my
physician.' n 'Before my time' is included in the verb opprimere.
12 This is a kind of rejoinder to the objections in the previous sentence
what conjunction ? 13 = 'his mind having been turned (versare) in
various (directions).' u Indirect question. 16 Not two coordinate clauses.
11 diluere*
92 LATIN COMPOSITION
3 D.
DARIUS ADDRESSES HIS COUNCIL,
tf- K.^<y
72. A council being called,, Darius' said : If my lot had
been cast 1 with cowards, with men who valued any kind of
life more highly than an honorable death, I would keep
silent rather than 2 consume words in vain. But as 1 have
tried 3 both your valor and your loyalty by a greater test 4
than I could have wished, I ought rather to strive to be
worthy of such friends than to doubt whether you are still
like your old 5 selves. Of so many thousands who were
under my command, you have followed me twice conquered,
twice a fugitive. It is your fidelity and constancy that make
me believe myself a king. Traitors and deserters reign in
my cities, not assuredly 6 because 7 they are deemed worthy
of that great dignity, but in order that you 8 may be tempted
by their rewards. Nevertheless you have preferred to follow
my fortunes 9 rather than those 10 of the conqueror, and
richly deserve n that if I should not be able to do it the gods
should reward 12 you in my stead. And surely 6 they will
reward you. After 13 ages will not be so dumb, nor fame so
thankless, as not to raise you to the skies tj with praises that
are your due. 14
1 = 'if fortune had yoked (iungere) me with,' etc. 2 644, R. 3. 3 ex-
periri. 4 documentum. 6 Unnecessary ; ' yourselves ' ' you.' 6 me-
Jiercule or hercule. 7 For the rejected reason, see 541, N. 2. 8 = 'your
minds.' " English uses Plural where the Latin uses frequently the
Singular. 10 Do not forget 308, 3. " Use the Superlative of dignus.
13 gratiam referre. 13 = ' no posterity will be,' etc. " = ' owed.'
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 93
4 A.
DARIUS HARANGUES HIS SOLDIERS.
73. Darius had arrived about 1 midnight at Arbela, and
fortune had directed the flight 2 of a great part of his friends
and soldiers to the same place. Having convoked them, he
set forth 3 that he did not doubt but that Alexander would
seek the most populous towns and the regions that were
overflowing 4 with an abundance of everything ; that the in-
vader 5 himself and his soldiers had their eyes fixed 6 on a
rich 7 booty and one ready to their hands 8 ; that in the
present state of matters that would be salvation to his cause, 9
inasmuch as he was about to strike for the desert with a
light-armed body of troops ; that the farthest portions 10 of
his empire were still untouched, and n from thence he would
without difficulty renew his strength for the war. Let the
greedy 12 tribe, he said, seize, if they chose, 13 the treasury
and after 14 their long hunger glut themselves with gold,
for 15 they would presently fall a prey to him ; for he had
learned by experience that valuable equipment, mistresses,
and regiments of eunuchs had been nothing but so much
burdensome 16 baggage, and if Alexander dragged after him 17
the same stuff 18 he would be inferior in those very things in
which he had been victorious.
1 fere; 677, R. 1. 2 fug 'am compellere. 3 exponere. * dbundare.
5 ipse includes 'invader/ 6 spectare. 7 opimus. 6 'To his hand' is here
the fuller English for the reflexive. 9 res (PI.)- 10 ' Portion ' is pars, or
regio, but omit these words and make the construction more after the
Silver usage; 372, N. 2. "There is no necessity for 'and'; why?
12 Remember 302. 13 sane. 14 Would you use post, or ex ? 15 670, 2; use
esse. 16 698. 1T ' After him ' is unnecessary in the Latin. 18 = ' things.'
94 LATIN COMPOSITION
4 B.
ON THE TREACHERY OF NABARZANES.
74. While Darin s was preparing 1 for battle, Nabarzanes
urged him to turn over the command to another, who should
be called king only 2 until the enemy withdrew from Asia,
and should then restore the throne to him. It is not strange
that Darius did not restrain his passion 3 at a proposal like 4
this. So, quoth he, thou scoundrelly 5 slave, thou hast
found the occasion thou hast longed for to disclose thy
murderous treason 6 ; and drawing his scimitar he would have
killed him had not Bessus and the Bactrians crowded 7 round
him with the appearance 8 of intercession, but in fact with
the intention 8 of binding him if he persevered. In the
meantime Nabarzanes slipped away, and 9 presently Bessus
too followed, and 9 ordered the forces which they commanded
to withdraw from the rest of the army. Then Artabazus
commenced a strain 10 suited to the existing state of things n
and began to mollify Darius, reminding him repeatedly of the
crisis in which they were, 12 and telling him 13 that he must
bear with equanimity, call 14 it the stupidity, call it the u
mistake of men who, no matter what their character might
be, 15 were still his own followers ; that Alexander was
pressing them hard, 16 even if all were ready to help : what
would the case 17 be if those who followed him in his flight
should grow alienated ?
1 parare is not intransitive in Latin. 2 Express by a correlative.
3 animo temperare. 4 ' such.' 5 Use malus, remembering 302. 6 One
word, parricidium. 7 circumstare. 8 Both of these substantives are to be
contained in the verb construction ; see 602 and 670, 3. 8 Omit and form
one sentence. 10 sententia. n = ' fitting (convenire) the present for-
tune.' ia ' In which they were ' is unnecessary. 13 Express in the struc-
ture. 14 vel vel. 16 qualiacumque ; study in Lexicon. 16 instare gravem.
= happen. 1
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 95
4 a
DARIUS LEARNS OF THE DEATH OF HIS WIFE.
75. Amid the confusion of the scene l of mourning one of
the eunuchs who were about the queen slipped out through
the gate, which being on the opposite side 2 from the enemy
was less strictly 3 guarded, and reached the camp of Darius,
and being received by the sentries was taken to the tent of
the king. As soon as Darius beheld him, excited by the
manifold expectation of trouble 4 and uncertain what he
should fear most, said 5 : Thy countenance shows 6 a great
evil, I know not what, but see 7 to it that thou spare not the
ears of a miserable creature ; I have learned to be unhappy,
and it is often a solace of calamity to know one's 8 fate. Are
you about to announce what I most suspect and fear 9 to
utter, the disgraceful treatment 10 of my dear ones, which
is n to me, and as I believe to them also, more bitter 12 than
all punishment ? To this the eunuch replied : Far from
that 13 : all 14 the honor that can be p?id 15 to queens by sub-
j'jcts 16 has been showed toward your family by the con-
queror, but thy wife departed this life a short time since.
Then not only groans but wailings were heard over the
whole camp, for Darius did not doubt that she had been
killed because she could not endure outrage.
C^t fy. 4,10. a-*'
1 ' Of the mourners ' (participle). 2 aversus. 3 levins. * dolor. 5 648,
u. 2. 6 praeferre. 7 ' See to it that. . .not,' cave. 6 309, i, 2d paragraph.
9 What is the construction when a verb of Fear is a verb of negative
Will? 550, N. 5. 10 ludibria (PL). n ' Which is ' is unnecessary. ia tristis.
13 = ' that indeed is far distant.' " = ' however great.' 16 habere.
16 = * those who obey. '
96 LATIN COMPOSITION
4 D.
OK THE EXPLOITS OF AMYNTAS.
76. In the meantime Amyntas with 4,000 Greeks, who
followed him out of the battle, made his escape 1 to Tripolis.
Thence embarking his soldiers he crossed over to Cyprus,
and as he thought that in that position of things each one
would have whatever he seized, as if it were a settled and
lawful possession, 2 he determined to strike 3 for Egypt, be-
ing an enemy to both kings and always dependent 4 on the
wavering change of fortune. 5 And rousing the soldiers to
these great expectations 6 he informed them that Sabaces, the
commandant of Egypt, had fallen in battle ; that the garri-
son of Persians was both without a leader and weak ; that
the Aegyptians, always hostile to their commandants, would
regard them as allies, not as enemies. Necessity compelled
them to try all resources, 7 for when fortune disappoints 8 our
first hopes, the future 9 seems preferable to the present.
Therefore they cried cut with one voice 10 that he might lead
them whithersoever he thought good. Thinking it was well
to strike while the iron was hot n he pushed on to Pelusium,
pretending that he had been despatched by Darius, and
having taken Pelusium moved his forces to Memphis. At
the news 12 of this the Aegyptians, a fickle race and one more
fitted for starting a revolution 13 than for following u it up,
collected in hot haste 10 from all their villages and towns to
destroy the Persian garrisons. Q^. ^j M ,
1 = 'arrived in his flight.' 2 = ' as if possessed with certain right.'
3 petere. * pendere. 5 ' times.' 6 = ' to the hope of so great a thing.'
7 ' Resources ' is due to the color of the English and need not be translated.
8 destituere. g Make it concrete. 10 Express by the preposition in the
verb. " = ' that he ought to avail himself of (uti) their spirits while
they were aglow (ca/ere) with hope.' ia fama. 13 novare res. 14 gerere.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 97
5 A.
THE BAD STRATEGY OF ARSAMES.
77. Alexander with all his forces had reached the region
which is called the Camp of Cyrus. This was fifty stadia dis-
tant from the pass 1 by which we enter Cilicia. Therefore
Arsam.es, who was in command of Cilicia, reflecting 2 on the
advice 3 Memnon had given in the beginning of the war, re-
solved, now 4 that it was too late, to carry out a plan that had
once been wholesome. So 5 he laid Cilicia waste with fire and
sword to make a solitude for the enemy ; whatever could be
of use he ruined, 6 determined 7 to leave the soil which he
could not protect, barren and naked. But it would have
been far more practical to occupy the narrow pass which led 8
into Cilicia with a strong garrison, and to hold the ridge
which gave an easy command of 9 the road, so that from that
point 10 he might without loss 11 have either kept back or
crushed the enemy as he came up. Then having left a few
men to garrison the narrow pass, he himself retired, the
devastator of a country which he ought to have maintained
free 12 from devastation. And so those who were left, deem-
ing themselves betrayed, did not have the courage 13 even to
withstand the sight of the enemy, although a smaller number
might have maintained u the position.
1 aditus. 2 reputare with an Indirect Question. 3 Use suadere.
4 ' Now that it was' is not necessary in the Latin. 8 This is involved in
the following statement, but may be translated by itaque. 6 corrum-
pere. 7 Silver Latin introduces a short way of translating such ideas ;
see G70. 8 = 'by which we enter.' 9 = 'which overhung (imminere).'
10 Relative. " inultus. 12 vindicare. 13 valere. 14 obtinere.
98 LATIN COMPOSITION
5 B.
THE FALSE TIDINGS OF DARIUS' DEATH.
78. Alexander, having learned that false tidings of the
death of Darius had been brought to the captive ladies,
bade Leonnatus tell them that they were mourning l without
reason 2 for a living man. Leonnatus, with a few armed at-
tendants, came to the tent in which the captives were, and
ordered it to be announced 3 that he had been sent by the
king. But the servants who were in the vestibule, as soon
as they caught sight of armed men, thinking that it was all
over 4 with their mistresses, ran into the pavilion, screaming
out that their last hour 5 had come and that men 6 were sent
to kill the captives. And so, as they 7 had neither the power 8
to keep them out nor the courage 8 to let them in, the ladies
gave no answer and awaited in silence the good pleasure 9 of
the conqueror. Leonnatus, after waiting a long time, when
he found 10 that no one dared to come forth, left his attend-
ants in the vestibule and entered the tent. Thereupon the
mother and wife of Darius threw n themselves at his feet
and began to beg that before they were slain he would permit
them to bury the body of Darius after the custom of their
country 12 ; having performed this last duty to the king, they
would die with firmness. 13
1 lamentari. 3 falso. 3 Make this idiomatic according to 532, N. 2.
4 actum esse de. 5 The Latin also lias the phrase. 6 While homines
might be used, the Latin prefers to omit the colorless subject wherever
possible. 7 ut qui ; 6?6 and x. 1. "Verbs. 9 arbitrium. 10 Remember
562. ll provolvere ; 218. 12 patrius. 13 impigre'.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 99
5 C.
THE GREEN OLD AGE OF ARTABAZUS.
79. Alexander had now entered the most remote region 1
of Hyrcania, when he was met by Artabazus, who, as we
have said above, had been most faithful to Darius, together
with his children and a small body of Greek soldiers. The
king offered him his right hand as he came up, for he had
been a guest of Philip's when an exile 2 under the reign of
Ochus, and yet 3 his fidelity to his own king was preserved to
the last and 4 proved too strong for 5 the pledges of hospital-
ity. So, being affably received, he said : "I beg the gods,
sire, 6 that you may nourish in perpetual happiness. I am
blessed 7 in everything else ; by one thing only am I distressed,
and that is, that 8 owing to my advanced 9 age 10 I cannot long
enjoy your kindness." He was then in n his 95th year. Nine
young men, all born of the same mother, accompanied the
father ; Artabazus presented them to the king, 12 praying that
they might live only so long as they should be useful to
Alexander. The king was accustomed to march for the most
part on foot ; but then he ordered horses to be brought for
himself and Artabazus, lest the old man, if he went afoot, 13
should blush to ride on horseback. u
'Use the Silver Latin construction with ultimus ; 372, N. 2. a Use
verb. 3 The contrast need not always be expressed by a particle it is
often involved in et et. * Omit the conjunction and make all one clause.
5 =2 'conquer.' = 'king.' 7 Use laetus. 8 It is necessary often to fill
out in the English what the Latin implies in the construction; 'and
that is' is such a supplement. 9 praeceps. 10 = 'old age.' "Expres-
sions of age are much varied ; here agere is to be employed. ' 2 = ' brought
them to (admovere) the king's right hand.' 13 peditem ire, or ingredi.
14 = * on a horse. '
IOO LATIN COMPOSITION
5 D.
THE RESPONSE OF THE ORACLE TO ALEXANDER.
80. As the king approached J the sacred grove of Ammon,
the eldest of the priests called him son, affirming that his
father Jove gave him that name. And he, forgetting that
he was a human being, 2 replied that he accepted and ac-
knowledged the title. 3 He then asked 4 if the fates destined
for him the empire of the whole world. With the same
assumption of servile obeisance, 5 the priest declared that he
would be the ruler of all the earth. After this he urged the
inquiry 6 whether all the assassins of his father had been
punished. The priest said that his father could not be
reached 7 by any deed of violence, 7 but that Philip's murderers
had all paid for their crime. Then, having offered sacrifice,
Alexander gave gifts both to the priests and to the god, and
granted 8 his friends permission 8 to consult Jove also for them-
selves. 9 They asked nothing further than whether he gave
them authority 10 to worship their king with divine honors.
The seer replied that this, too, would be acceptable to Jove.
To one who weighed the credibility of the oracles with true
and healthy judgment, 11 these responses might well have
seemed idle ; but fortune makes those whom she has com-
pelled to trust herself alone for the most part more eager
for glory than fit 12 for it.
1 propius adire. 2 = ' forgetful of the lot of man (humana sors).'
3 Omit. 4 ' To ask ' an oracle is consulere. 5 ' composed to obeisance
(adulatio).' 6 instare quaerere. 7 scelere violari. 8 Use two synonyms,
thus : ' it was granted and permitted ' ; this is a common Latin deA 7 ice.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES IOI
6 A.
ON THE CHARACTER OF MAXIMINUS.
81. After the death of Alexander Severus, Maximinus,
having made himself master of the state, 1 produced a great
revolution, 2 and used the power that he had obtained harshly
and fiercely, so that he tried to change everything from an easy
and gentle sway to a cruel 3 tyranny. For knowing that he
was hateful to the public 4 because he was the first who from
a low station had attained his 5 high position, 6 he bent all his
efforts 7 to strengthen his rule by cruelty ; fearing, forsooth,
lest he should become too contemptible in the sight of the
senate and all others under the sway 8 of Rome, looking, as
they did, 9 not so much at his present fortune as at the ob-
scurity of his birth. 10 For it was perfectly 11 well known to
the whole world that he had been a shepherd in the moun-
tains of Thrace, and that afterwards he had been enrolled
among the soldiers of that region on account of his immense
size 12 and personal strength, 12 and as it were guided by the
leading strings 13 of fortune to be emperor of Rome. Where-
fore he speedily got rid of all the friends of Alexander and
the counselors selected for him by the senate, in order to be
alone in the army and to have no one near him who should
feel 14 himself superior on account of noble birth. 14
* = 'gained possession of affairs.' =' changed' the condition of
affairs violently.' 3 Use the abstract. 4 = ' men.' 5 "Reflexive would be
too strong ; hence use is. 6 = ' fortune.' 7 - ' gave his attention to that
particularly,' etc. 8 Romanae dicionis. 9 'As they did' is an English
addition: this whole clause is not causal, but indicates rather the situa-
tion : read 570, N. 1. 10 Classical Latin would use genus; Silver Latin also
uses natales. "Translate by combining two synonyms, as in Ex. 80,
Note 8. 12 = 'the size (vastitas) and strength of his body.' 13 = ' by the
hand.' I4 = ' superior by reason of his consciousness (conscientia) of
nobility.'
102 LATIN COMPOSITION
6 B.
PERTINAX IS INFORMED OF THE DEATH OF COMMODUS.
82. At dead 1 of night, when everybody was fast 2 asleep,
Laetus and Electus, with a few of the same faction, went
to see Pertinax, and finding his gate shut, woke up the
gate-keeper. As soon as he opened to them and saw that
soldiers were there and their commander Laetus, frightened
out of his senses 3 he earned the news to Pertinax. Pertinax
ordered them to be admitted on the spot, saying that all the
evils which he had f orboded for himself up to that day would
soon come to pass. So great, moreover, was his firmness that
he did not even stir 4 out of his bed or change his mien 5 ; but
when Laetus and Electus came in, although he believed that
they were sent to kill him, with a bold countenance, un-
touched by pallor, 6 he said : "I had been looking for a long
time, yes, 7 every night, for this end of my life ; for 8 I alone
was still left of the friends of his father. And so I was
wondering very much 9 to what end Commodus was putting
off the business 10 so long. Why then do you stand there
idle n ? On ! 12 execute your orders, and. deliver me at length
from a depressing and unceasing fear.
-. ^
1 intempestus. 2 Involved in the verb sopire. 3 Best expressed by co-
ordinating two participles of similar meaning, as 'frightened and ter-
rified'; see Ex. 80, Note 8. 4 This can be made much more emphatic by
the tense; see 513. 5 habitus oris. 6 = ' by no means pale.' 7 etinm.
8 Use a relative connection. 9 Can be expressed, if you desire, by the
preposition in the ( verb. 10 res. n ' Idle ' fills out the English but is
unnecessary in the Latin. ia Use quin.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES IO3
6 C.
ON HORATIUS COCLES.
83. I think it worthy of note l that, when P. Horatius
Codes on the Sublician bridge had alone received the charge
of the enemy, and when the bridge was cut down behind
him had swum safe 2 across to his comrades, the Eoman peo-
ple was grateful toward this 3 great valor, and besides set-
ting 4 up a bronze statue in the comitium gave him as much
land as he should plow 3 around in one day; since as their
resources were moderate it was necessary that the rewards of
great deeds 6 of valor should be moderate likewise. But this
is also worthy of being mentioned, that he was unwilling to
receive even that trifling 7 reward ; not that he scouted it as
too little, but because he thought that he was a useless citi-
zen who wished to be richer than the other citizens on ac-
count of a deed done 8 in the public service, and did not
rather regard 9 as a sufficient reward the simple 10 conscious-
ness of a good deed and the affection and good-will of his
fellow-citizens. Quite similar is the account n given by
Seneca, according 12 'to whom, unless he is mistaken, Codes
said, 13 when the reward was being decreed : (i You have no
use for a citizen," quoth he, "who has use for more than
one citizen has use for."
, f . , ,
jcrjc,/f ( t*L.L*L^.
1 observatio. * The Latin has the same construction of predicate at-
tribution as the English ; 325 and R. 6. 3 tantus will cover both words.
4 437, N. 2. 5 Be careful as to mood and tense. 6 204, N. 5. 7 Use a com-
pound of -cumque. 8 = 'done (navare) for the state.' 9 ponere in.
10 ipse. ~* n Use a concrete form = ' not differently does Seneca narrate
about the same matter.' ]2 An English form; the Latin translates by
the simple relative: 'unless who (for 'and unless he') is mistaken.'
13 Omit.
104 LATIN COMPOSITION
6 D.
A STORY ABOUT YOUNG PAPIRIUS.
84, The senate having resolved 1 that no one should dis-
close the matter that they had discussed before it was de-
creed,, the mother of young 2 Papirius, who had been in the
senate-house with his father, pressed 3 him to tell her what
the senators had done in session. 4 He said that the ques-
tion 5 before the senate had been whether it seemed to be
more useful and more to the interest of G the state that one
man should have two wives or that one woman should have
two husbands. When she heard this she was terribly fright-
ened/ and went out quivering with excitement to the other
matrons. The next day a host of married women came to
the senate, and with tears 8 and adjurations 8 besought the
senators to let 9 one woman have two husbands 10 rather
than that two women should have but one. The senators as
they entered the senate-house wondered what that outbreak
of the women and that petition meant. 11 Then the boy
Papirius stepped out into the midst of the senate and told
the whole story, as it had happened : what his mother had
insisted on hearing and what he had told his mother. The
senate showed their loving admiration 12 of the trustiness
and cleverness of the boy, and made a decree 13 that hereafter
boys should not come into the senate-house with their
fathers except Papirius only, ^ /^ *)<J&i.t >. >*.
1 Use pla cere. 2 = 'the boy.' 3 percontari. * senatus. 6 agl, 'to be
the question.' 6 Use ex. 7 animus compavescit, 'I am terribly fright-
ened.' 8 Use participles. 9 Implied in the final clause. 10 Use nubere.
11 velle. 12 For ' show loving admiration ' use exosculari. " consultum
facere.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 10$
7 A.
FREEDOM A REWARD OF YALOR.
85. As soon as the general heard that the enemy had
pitched his camp about three miles from the city and was
ravaging the country from that point, 1 he too quitted the
walls and took up a position 2 about a mile from the enemy.
The legions that he had were made up 3 in large measure of
volunteer slaves who had now over a year 4 preferred earn-
ing their freedom in silence 5 to demanding it openly. 5 Yet
as he was leaving winter-quarters he had heard murmurs of
the soldiers on the march, asking 6 whether they should ever
do military service as freemen, and he had written to the
senate that up to that day he had got 7 from them good and
gallant service, and that they lacked nothing to attain 8 the
standard 8 of the regular soldier except freedom. Leave was
given him to act in the matter as he deemed to be best 9 for
the commonwealth. And so before joining battle with the
enemy, he gave notice that the time had come for them to
win the freedom they had so long hoped for. On the next
day he would fight to a finish 10 a pitched battle n on a fair
and open field, where the matter could be decided by sheer 12
bravery, without any fear of ambuscade. Whoever should
bring back the head of an enemy he would order to be free
on the spot.
1 inde. 2 = 'placed (locare) his camp.' 3 ' he had legions of volun-
teer slaves (volo) for the most part.' 4 See 294. 5 Make this rhetorical ;
see G82. 6 The Roman says, ' murmur in the line-of-march of (those)
asking,' etc. 7 uti. 8 ad exemplum. 9 ex. J0 Indicated by di- in com-
position. n Use signa conferre. 12 = ' true.'
IO6 LATIN COMPOSITION
7 B.
THE RIGOR OF THE GENERAL PAPIRIUS.
86. The dictator Papirius, when contrary to his com-
mands Fabius his master of horse had led the army out to
battle, 1 although he had routed the Sammies before 2 he re-
turned to camp, yet moved neither by his valor nor his suc-
cess nor his rank, ordered the rods to be got out 3 and Fabius
to be stripped. What a marvelous spectacle ! one 4 who was
both a Fabius and master of horse and a victor, with rent
garments and bared 5 body offered himself to the torture of
the lictor's lash. 6 Then the army by its entreaties procured 7
for Fabius the opportunity of taking refuge in the city,
where he implored the interference n of the senate in vain ;
for notwithstanding 8 all this, 8 Papirius persevered in exact-
ing the penalty, and so Fabius' father was compelled to
appeal 9 to the people and to beg on his knees 10 for the
interference n of the tribunes in behalf of his son. And
yet not even by this could the rigor of Papirius be curbed.
Finally, 12 when he was entreated by the citizens in a body
and by the tribunes of the people themselves, he protested
that he remitted 13 the penalty not to Fabius but to the
people of Rome and the power of the tribunes.
1 acies. 2 Omit this subordination and make one sentence Trom
' although.' 3 expedire. * ' One who was ' is necessary in English to
avoid awkwardness. 5 Use spoliare as more picturesque ; nudare would
also do. 6 = ' offered himself to the lashes of the lictors to be tortured
(lacerare).' 7 dare. * One word. 9 rem devocare. 10 supplex. " = 'aid.'
12 ceterum. ia concedere.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES IO/
7 C.
THE MILD TEMPER OF ANTIGONUS.
87, What would have been easier for Antigonus to do than
to order two private soldiers to be taken off J to punishment,
who while leaning against the royal tent were doing what
people who think ill of their king do, to their great satisfac-
tion, 2 though 3 at great risk ? 2 Antigonus had heard every-
thing, for 4 there was only a curtain between the speaker 5
and the hearer. 5 This he moved slightly and said : " Get
further off lest the king hear you." This same Antigonus one
night having heard some of his soldiers imprecating all man-
ner 6 of evils on the king for having led them into that road
with 7 its inextricable mud, went up to those who were in most
trouble 8 and after he had got them out, they 9 not knowing by
whom they were assisted : "Now," quoth he, "curse Antig-
onus, by whose fault you have fallen into these miseries, but
wish well to him who has drawn you out of this slough."
This same Antigonus, when the enemy was besieged in a
small fortress, and, full 10 of confidence in the strength of
their position, 10 ridiculed now Antigonus' small stature, now
his broken nose : " I rejoice," said he, " and I hope for some
blessing, 11 if I have Silenus in my camp."
1 ducere. 2 Use adverbs, libentissime ; etc. 3 Juxtaposition does not
exclude contrast ; so et et may be used here. 4 Strengthen by utpote.
6 As these indicate only temporary conditions, a participle is to be used ;
see 437. 6 ' Manner of ' is an English addition. 7 Employ Hendiadys.
b laborare. 9 The English Nominative Absolute cannot always be trans-
lated by the Abl. Abs. in Latin ; 410, R. 3. J0 Express the whole clause
by two Latin words : ' out of trust in the place.' n bonum.
IO8 LATIN COMPOSITION
7 D.
ON THE BATTLE OF ACTITJM.
88. When the contest began/ everything was on one side, 2
general, rowers, soldiers ; on the other, nothing except sol-
diers. The first 3 to flee was Cleopatra. Antony preferred
to be the companion of -the fugitive 4 queen than that of his
fighting soldiers, and the commander who ought to have in-
flicted severe punishment 5 on deserters became a deserter of
his own army. But even when their chief 6 had drawn off, 6
they continued steadily for a long time to fight gallantly, 7
and in despair 8 of victory strove 9 unto death. Caesar, desir-
ing to soothe by words those whom he could have destroyed
by the sword, cried out that Antony had fled, and kept ask-
ing for whom and with whom they were fighting. After
struggling 9 a long time for their absent leader, they laid
down their arms with reluctance 10 and yielded the victory.
And Caesar promised them life and liberty more readily than
they were persuaded n to ask for them. And it was agreed
that the soldiers had played the part 12 of an excellent 13 gen-
eral, but the general that of a cowardly 13 soldier ; so that one
may well doubt whether he who fled at the will of Cleopatra
would have employed 14 his victory according to his own
pleasure or hers.
1 inire. 2 pars. 3 Use fugam occupare. 4 Participle, like 'fighting.'
6 ' Inflict severe punishment,' saevire. 6 = ' their head was taken away.'
7 = 'firmness in fighting gallantly lasted (durare) for a long time.'
"Abl. Abs. a dimicare. 10 aegre. "Remember 217. 12 ojficio fungi.
13 See 302. 14 temperare.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES
8 A.
DOMITIUS DISSEMBLES.
89. Domitius 1 had betaken himself with all his troops to
Corfinium. Thither 1 Caesar hastened and began to surround
the town with a line 2 of works. When the greater part of
this work was accomplished the messengers whom Domitius
had sent to Pompey to ask for assistance returned with
a letter. After reading the letter through, Domitius, keep-
ing back the truth, 3 announced in the presence of the coun-
cil that Pompey would speedily come to their assistance and
exhorted them not to let 4 their spirits fail, 4 and to prepare
what would be serviceable for defending the town. He him-
self in secret conferred with a few 5 of his intimates and
determined to take measures 6 for flight. As Domitius'
countenance did not harmonize with his language and all his
actions 7 were more agitated and timid than had been usual 8
with him in the preceding days, and as he conferred much
with his officers in secret contrary to his wont and avoided
deliberative meetings 9 and general gatherings, 9 the matter
could no longer be covered up and disguised. 3 For Pompey
had written word back that he would not bring the matter
to a final issue, 10 and that it was not by his counsel or wish
that Domitius had betaken himself to the town of Corfi-
nium: and consequently J1 if he got an opportunity he must
come to him with all his forces.
Ciuf*r /3,c, / ( ,a
1 Only one clause. - = 'with a rampart and redoubts (castellum).'
3 dissimulare. 4 animo deficere. 6 The Partition is not felt in the
Latin. 6 consilium. 7 Use agere. e consuescere. 9 Single words, to
be contrasted. 10 in summum periculum deducere. " proinde.
IIO LATIN COMPOSITION
8 B.
THE MOTIVES OF CAESARV ENEMIES.
90. Cato was incited to oppose l Caesar by old grudges and
by resentment at his defeat. Lentulus was moved thereto
by the greatness of his indebtedness and by the hope of get-
ting 2 an army and provinces, and by the expected 2 bribes of
those who wished 3 the title of king, and he boasted that
he would be the second Sulla of his line 4 to whom the sov-
ereignty should fall by rights. 5 Scipio was impelled 6 by the
same hope of a province and of armies which he thought he
would share with Pompey on the ground of 7 his connection
and at the same time by fear of the courts. 8 Pompey him-
self, egged on 9 by the enemies of Caesar and by his own un-
willingness 10 that anyone should be made equal to him in
rank, turned his back n on his friendship with Caesar and
made up 12 with their common enemies, the greatest part of
whom he had made Caesar shoulder 13 at the period of their
connection by marriage. He was at the same time greatly
excited by the disgrace he u had brought upon himself by
reason u of two legions which he had diverted from an ex-
pedition to Asia and Syria to support 15 his own power and
supremacy, and he was therefore eager that the matter should
be brought to the arbitrament of arms. 16 ^^^ ft c i.+,
1 = ' roused against ' ; avoid the Passive. 2 Unnecessary in the Latin.
3 Can be well idiomatically translated by a Gerundive. 4 = ' among his
(people).' 5 Use redire, which involves 'by rights.' 6 Avoid the Passive.
r pro. * indicium. 9 = 'roused.'' 10 Here we have an abstract expres-
sion which the Latin avoids, so change to 'because he was unwilling.'
11 totum avertere. " in yraliam redire, 13 use iniungere. 14 ' The dis-
grace of two legions ' covers the whole idea. 15 ad. 16 deducere ad arma.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES III
* c.
THE CONFERENCE OF GAIUS AND LUCIUS CAESAR.
91. Assured 1 of the support 2 of the soldiers, Caesar set
out for Ariminum with the thirteenth legion and there met
the tribunes of the people, who fled to him for protection 3 ;
he summoned the rest of the legions from winter-quarters
and ordered them to follow on. To that point came L.
Caesar the younger/ whose father was Caesar's lieutenant.
After getting through with 5 the rest of the interview which
he had come for, he said that he had commissions of a pri-
vate character 6 from Pompey to Caesar. Pompey 7 wished
to have 8 himself justified to Caesar, so that he might not
interpret 9 as a personal 10 insult to himself what he had done
for the sake of the state. He (P.) had always deemed the
interests of the state as more important n than private ties,
and Caesar ought also in conformity u with his high position
to waive 13 both his partisanship and his anger in the interest
of tho state and not to be so seriously angry with his enemies
as to injure the state in 14 hopes of injuring them. Although
this seemed to have nothing to do 15 with lessening his
wrongs, nevertheless having procured suitable persons for
conveying his wishes 16 to Pompey, Caesar sent word by them
that he was ready to make every concession 17 and to endure
everything for the sake of the state.
J C^,^ b.c.i.t.
1 cognoscere. 2 roluntas. 3 ' For protection ' is involved in the con-.
4 'Junior' is the English ; Latin uses adulescens, or minor. 5 ' = finish
up.' 6 officium. 7 These are the commissions. 8 See 219. * verier -e.
10 suus. "hab&repotiora, ' deem oLmore importance.' "pro. 13 dimittere.
A Use cum,, K pertinere. 16 Relative. " = 'descend to everything.'
112 LATIN COMPOSITION
8 D.
THE SOLDIERS PUNISH THE DASTARDLY CONDUCT OF THEIR
GENERAL.
92. The design of Domitius having been made generally 1
known, the soldiers who were at Corfinium went off by them-
selves 2 in the first evening watch-hour 3 and conferred with
one another 4 through the military tribunes, the centurions,
and the most reputable of their own rank 5 to the effect that 6
they were besieged by Caesar, that the siege works were
nearly finished, that their general Domitius, through hope
and trust in whom they had remained at their posts, 7 had
left them all in the lurch 8 and was meditating flight ; that
they ought to have regard 9 for their own safety. From these
at first the Marsian legion 10 began to differ and occupied
that part of the town which seemed n best fortified, and such
a dissension arose among them that they tried to join in
hand-to-hand 12 fight and settle the question 13 by arms.
However, a little while after, messengers were sent back-
wards and forwards, and they found out what they did not
know before, the story 14 about the projected 14 flight of
Domitius. And so all with one accord 15 brought Domitius
forth to the soldiers, 16 surrounded him, put a guard over
him, and sent representatives from their number to Caesar,
saying 6 that they were ready to open the gates and to do
whatever he commanded, and to give up Domitius alive into
his power.
'Express by the preposition di- in composition. 2 prima vesperi.
' = ' made a secession.' 4 221. 5 genus. 6 This merely introduces the
Oratio Obliqua. . 7 ' At their posts ' is involved in the verb. 8 ' Leave in
the lurch,' proicere. g rat ion em habere. Mar si. n Keep the Marsian
point of view. ia A phrase with manus. 13 Merely dimicare, 14 Unneces-
sary in the Latin. 15 uno comilio. 16 in publicum.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 1 13
9 A.
ON THE METHOD OF CONSULTING THE SENATE.
93. When Pompey was about to enter upon his first con-
sulship, since owing to the length l of his military career he
was unacquainted with the business 2 of holding and consult-
ing the senate, he asked Varro, an intimate friend of his, to
write an introductory 3 treatise from which he might learn
what he ought 4 to do and say when he consulted the senate.
The book which he had made on the subject 5 for Pompey was
lost, as Varro says in a letter which he wrote 6 to Oppian, and
in which, as what he had written before was not extant, he
states afresh many points pertaining 7 to the matter. In the
first place he lays 8 down who they were by whom according
to the custom of our ancestors the senate was wont to be
held, and mentions them by name. Afterwards he wrote
about intervention, 9 and he said that only those had the
right of intervention 10 against n a decree of the senate who
had the same power as those who wish to carry the decree of
the senate, or 12 greater power. Then he added something
on the places in which a decree of the senate could rightly 13
be made, and showed that it was not valid unless it had been
made in a place appointed through an augur.
1 tempora; use per for 'owing to.' "Unnecessary in the Latin.
3 introdudorius. * Not Gerundive ; \vhy ? 5 res. 6 dare is often used
of letters. 7 ducere is sometimes used in the sense of pertinere. 8 Latin
keeps the image. 9 As this was the privilege of a number, the Latin pre-
fers the Plural. 10 Of course, the verb. " = ' that it might not be car-
ried (facere).' ja aut, ve, or vel ? 13 iure.
8
114 LATIN COMPOSITION
9 B.
ON THE ASSASSINATION OF MARCELLUS.
94. On the 23d of May, landing 1 at the Piraeus from Epi-
daurus I met our old colleague Marcellus there, and spent 2
that day in the place to be with him. Two days afterwards,
when I had in mind to start from Athens, about three o'clock
in the morning 3 P. Postumius, a friend of his, came to me
and brought me word that Marcellus had been stabbed after
dinner time by P. Magius, his friend, with a dagger, and had
received two wounds, one in the throat, the other on the
head just 4 by the ear still he hoped that he might possibly 5
live ; Magius 6 had killed himself afterwards ; he himself
had been sent by Marcellus to bring the news 7 and ask that
I would summon 8 physicians. I did 9 so, and started at once
for the place at the break of day. When I was only a short
distance from the Piraeus I 10 met a servant of Acidinus
coming with a note in which it was stated n that a little
before daybreak Marcellus had breathed 12 his last. So one 13
of the noblest of men has fallen a victim u to a most un-
timely 15 death at the hands of a miserable scoundrel ; and
one whom his very enemies had spared on account of his
character 16 has received his death-blow from a friend. 17
Cie.. **- ?*~- f. <
1 navi advelii ; the meeting took place after landing, of course.
* consumer e. 3 'the tenth hour of the night.' 4 secundum. B Use
posse. 6 The 0. 0. continues. 7 'to announce these things.' * cog ere.
9 The Roman did not use facere to the extent that English does, and
so in cases like this the word was repeated or a different turn given.
10 Reverse the subject. " = ' written.' 12 Use an appropriate Latin
phrase. 13 No partition. 14 = 'visited with (afficere} death.' 15 And so
bitter. 16 dignitas. " = 'to one whom ... a friend has been found to
deal the death-blow (mortem off err e)?
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 115
9 a.
HOW METELLUS GOT POSSESSION OF CONTREBIA.
95. When Quintus Metellus, in the capacity l of proconsul,
was conducting the war in Spain against the Celtiberians,
and found 2 that he could not carry 3 the city of Contrebia,
the capital of the tribe, by direct assault, 3 after serious and
protracted schemings, 4 which he kept to himself, 4 he found
a way of bringing his purpose to a successful 5 issue. He
showed great activity 6 in marching about, struck out for one
section after another, occupied these mountains here, 7 and
then after a while crossed those mountains there, 7 whilst in
the meantime the reason for his unexpected and sudden
shifting 8 was unknown to his own men as well as to the enemy
himself. In fact, when asked by a very close friend why he
conducted his military operations 9 after such a scattering
and uncertain fashion : " Cease/' he said, " to press your ques-
tion, 10 for if I find that my shirt knows this plan of mine, I
shall order it burned at once/ 7 Then after he had got ll his
own army immeshed n in ignorance and the Celtiberians in
bewilderment, he marched off in another direction, and 12
suddenly hied back to Contrebia and came down on the city
all unsuspecting and paralysed 13 with astonishment. 13 So
you see if he had not forced himself to rake 14 up a lot 15 of
stratagems he would have had to lie 16 in arms before the walls
of Contrebia to extreme old age.
1 English fulness of expression ; use technical Latin form. 2 How is
the 'observer' often expressed? 233, N. 1. 3 riribus (or vi) expugnare.
4 = ' plans having been weighed (agitare) largely (multum) and long
within his own breast.' 'Unnecessary. 6 As Latin avoids abstracts we
may render: 'he entered upon journeys (iter) with great energy'; re-
member that a course of activity is being described in what follows.
7 Included in the correlatives. * fluctuatio. 9 =' pursued so scattered
(sparsnm) and uncertain a kind of military operations.' 10 English
form ; simplify. n implicare, ia Subordinate one clause. 13 attonitus.
14 scrutari. "Simplify. 1G The Roman says : 'sit.'
Il6 LATIN COMPOSITION
9D.
THE SILLY PERFORMANCES 1 OF CLAUDIUS.
96. Claudius gave many magnificent 2 shows, not only those
that were usual and in the accustomed places, but also others
that were pure inventions 3 and revived from ancient times 4
and in places where no one before him had given them. He
also celebrated the secular games, making out 5 that they had
been anticipated by Augustus, and not kept back for the
proper time ; although in his own history he tells us that
after a long intermission 6 Augustus had made a most careful
calculation 7 of the years and 8 reduced the games to their
proper 9 order. On this account the language of the herald
was laughed at when he invited the people in the usual 10
manner to games " which no one had ever seen or ever would
see," as some still survived who had been spectators, 11 and
certain of the actors who had been brought out before were
then brought out again. He also exhibited in the Campus
Martins the storm and sack of a town as 12 a picture of war, 13
and the surrender of the kings of Britain, and presided in
his military costume. 14 And 15 when he was about to draw
off the water of the Fucine lake, he held a sea-fight before-
hand. In this spectacle two fleets, a Sicilian and a Rhodian,
met in battle, each made up of twelve triremes.
1 See again 204, N. 5. 2 Remember 481. 3 commentitius. 4 antiquitas.
6 quasi, but not followed by a clause. 6 Avoid the abstract. 7 Use
rationem subducere. 8 Single clause. 9 Unnecessary. 10 I.e. the manner
usual in public ceremonies. " Not spectatorem esse, which would mean
what? 12 ad. 13 = 'a warlike image.' 14 A technical term, paludatus.
1B quin; why ?
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES
1O A.
ON JUNIUS ARISTUS.
97. The death of Junius Aristus has caused 1 me the most
poignant grief. He had such affection, 2 such regard 2 for
me that he took me for the moulder of his character, and as
it were his master. This is very rarely the case with the
young men of our day. 3 How few there are who yield on
the ground of 4 their being younger to the age or, if you
choose, 5 the authority of another ! They think 6 they are
sages 7 at once. They know it all, at once. They look to no
one, they imitate no one, they are patterns to themselves.
Not so Aristus, whose special wisdom lay 8 in wishing to
learn. He always took counsel of me about his studies or
about his conduct. 9 He always withdrew with the impres-
sion 10 that he had been bettered, and he was bettered, either
by what he had heard or by the mere J1 asking. With what
energy, with what deference he had served 12 as quaestor to
his consul, as 13 pleasing and agreeable a man as he was use-
ful ! What activity, what vigilance he showed 14 in his candi-
dacy for the aedileship, from which he was snatched untimely !
His unavailing labors are before 13 my eyes, his fruitless can-
vass and the honor which he succeeded only in deserving. 16
He had an aged father, he had a wife to whom he had been
married but a year, a daughter recently born, 17 so many
hopes upset 18 in one day. I can't think, I can't talk of
anything else.
1 afficere. 2 Use verbs. 3 noster. 4 nt. 5 494, 2. 6 Omit. 7 Use
sapere. 8 esse. = 'the duties of life.' 10 ut. " Use omnino and
translate ' (by the fact) that he had asked.' 12 esse. 13 TOO. " = ' with
what activity,' etc., 'he sought.' " obversari. ." = 'which he deserved
only.' " Use tollere. 18 in adversa converters.
Il8 LATIN COMPOSITION
10 B.
WITH A MAN OF HONOR OATHS ARE UNNECESSARY.
98. In my boyhood l I heard from my father the following
anecdote 2 : that when Q. Metellus, the son of Lucius, was
defending himself against a charge of extortion, 3 that great 4
man, to whom the weal of his country was sweeter than the
sight of her, who preferred to depart from the state rather
than from his principles 5 ; .well, 6 when he was pleading the
case, and his own accounts were passed round for the sake
of examining the entry, 7 there was no one of the jury
all Roman knights 8 and men of character and weight but
looked away 9 and turned his back, 10 lest it might seem
that any doubted whether what he had entered on the public
account-book was true or false. And at Athens, they say,
when a certain man who had lived an unblemished and dig-
nified life gave n his testimony publicly, and approached the
altars for the purpose of taking the oath 12 as is the fashion
of the Greeks, all the judges with one voice shouted their
protest 13 against his swearing. From which it is evident
that both Greeks and Romans were unwilling that the word
of a man of tried worth u should be guaranteed by the obli-
gation 15 of an oath. Shall we then examine Pompey's de-
cree and compare it with the laws and weigh every detail 1G
with the most crabbed 17 care ?
1 See C25, R. 6. 2 Unnecessary. 3 A technical phrase, de pecuniis repe-
tundis. 4 Not magnus homo. 6 = 'opinion.' G iyitur. 7 'name.'
8 = ' there was no juryman out of those Roman knights, most serious
men.' 9 =' remove his eyes.' 10 Vary in Latin by using se. " dicere.
"Verb for phrase. 13 = 'that he should not swear.' 14 special 'us,
16 religio, 16 'Detail ' is an English addition. " acerbus.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES
10 C.
THE CONSUL'S ALARMIST SPEECH.
99. Frightened out of his senses, 1 he darted from the sen-
ate with his spirits and countenance as much 2 ruffled as if he
had stumbled upon a conference of .his creditors. He called
an assembly of the people 3 and, consul as he was, 4 held such
a speech as Catiline would never have held had he been suc-
cessful, 5 in which he said that people were mistaken if they
thought that the senate had still any considerable 6 power 7
in the state; and that as for 8 the Koman knights, they should
pay for the day on which they met, armed with swords, on
the Capitoline hill ; that the time had come for those who
had been cowed 9 by fear (he meant, forsooth, the conspira-
tors) to avenge themselves. If he had only said this he
would be deserving of all punishment, for a mischievous
speech of a consul may of itself 10 shake the foundations of
the state ; but just see what he did : Lucius Lamia, who
loved me dearly for n the great intimacy which existed 12 be-
tween 13 his father and myself, and who was eager to court u
even death for the state, he relegated in the assembly of the
people, and published an edict 15 that he should keep 16 200
miles from the city, because he had dared to plead for a citi-
zen, for a well-deserving citizen, for a friend, for the state.
- 2 Use one verb. 2 non minus. 3 Technical word. 4 ' As he was ' is
an English addition. 5 victor ; a parallel construction to ' consul as he
was.' 315, N. 1. 7 Verb. e vero. B = 'had been in fear.' 10 ipse.
11 pro. 12 esse. n The Roman usually emphasizes one side in the Latin
(by the Dative) and adds the other by cum and the Ablative ; so in
phrases such as ' war between,' etc. " oppetere. 15 Simple verb. 18 abesse.
I2O LATIN COMPOSITION
10 D.
TWO LEGACY-HUNTERS.
100, It does not make much difference with * which story
I begin. Blaesus, that rich ex-consul, was hard pressed 2 by
his last illness ; he was desirous of changing 3 his will. Reg-
ulus, hoping to get 4 something from a new will, because he
had but recently begun to court 5 his favor, began to exhort
the physicians and to beg them by all 6 means to keep the
poor man's breath in his body. 7 After the will was sealed
he changed his role, altered his style-of -address, and said to
the same physicians : " How long do you intend to torment
the poor creature ? Why do you begrudge him an easy death
as 8 you cannot give him life ? " Well, 9 Blaesus died, and as if
he had heard everything he did not leave Regulus so much
as a penny. 10 Here's another 11 story for you! Aurelia, a
fashionable 12 woman, had put on her handsomest dress when
she was about to sign her will. When he came to sign, said
Blaesus : "I want you to leave me this. 7 ' Aurelia thought
the man was jesting, but he persisted in dead earnest 13 ; in
short, 14 he actually forced the woman to open the tablets and
leave him the dress she had on ; and he watched as' she wrote
and looked in to see 15 whether she had written it.
1 The Roman begins from. 2 conflictare. 3 Avoid the Gerund(ive).
4 ' To get' is involved in the verb 'hoping.' 5 ' Court his favor,' cap-
tare. 6 = ' every means whatsoever.' 7 = ' to prolong the breath for the
creature ' ; ' poor ' is involved in the word. 8 Relative. 9 Unnecessary.
10 An English phrase. ai Only two stories are told. 12 ornatus. JS Seri-
ously. " = ' not (to say) many things.' 15 Involved in ' looked in.'
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 121
11 A.
THE KING IS ASSASSINATED.
101. The conspirators took possession of an unoccupied
house., commanding 1 a narrow street by which the king used
to go down to the market-place. There all 2 stood drawn up
and armed, awaiting his passing, except one * whose name
was Dinomenes, who, because he was a member of the body-
guard, 3 had the following part assigned to him : namely, that
when the king approached the door of the house, under
color of 4 some excuse he should detain the procession from
the rear. And all was done as had been agreed upon. Dino-
menes raised his foot, and 5 by pretending 6 to release it from
a tight 7 knot he delayed the crowd and in this way made
such 8 a gap that when the king was assailed as he passed by
without armed attendants, he was stabbed 9 in several places
before help could come. The attendants took to flight when
they saw the king lying dead. 10 The assassins proceeded, a
part to the forum, where they found n the multitude over-
joyed at their freedom, a part to Syracuse, to forestall the
plans of Andranodorus and the other royal ministers. 12 In
this uncertain condition of affairs, Appius Claudius, seeing a
war impending 13 close at hand, informed the senate by letter
that the Carthaginians and Hannibal were trying 14 to win
over Sicily. He himself, to check 15 the plans of the Syra-
cusans, concentrated 16 all his garrisons on the frontier.
L:^, **.;.
1 imminere. 2 The principal figure in this sentence being Dino-
menes, make the principal clause concern him, using ceteri. 3 = a
guard of the body.' *per. 5 Avoid. 6 tamquam. 7 strictus. 6 Nottalis.
' = ' he was pierced with several wounds.' 10 Unnecessary. " ' Where they
found ' is implied in simple ad. ia Unnecessary. 13 oriens. u Involved
in the tense. 15 adversus. 16 convertere.
122 LATIN COMPOSITION
11 B.
m
MAKCELLUS IS DISAPPOINTED.
102. The consul ordered Nero to follow the enemy's line
of march, and when he saAv that the battle was begun, to
attack l him in the rear. Whether he was unable to carry
out thi order 2 because 3 he missed the road or because 3 the
time was scanty is uncertain; but he was not on hand 4
when the battle was joined, and 5 while the Romans, it is
true, had decidedly 6 the advantage, still because the cavalry
did not come up 7 at the right time the plan of the engage-
ment as agreed upon was marred. Marcellus did not venture
to follow up the retiring enemy, and 8 gave his men though 9
victorious the signal for falling back. Nevertheless it is
said that more than two thousand of the enemy were killed
on that day, while 10 the Romans lost less than four hundred.
About sunset Nero returned, with horses and men wearied by
a useless march of a day and a night, 11 without 12 even get-
ting a sight of the enemy, and was severely reprimanded by
the consul, who went so far as to say that it was his fault 13
that the disaster suffered at Cannae was not repaid to the
enemy. On the next day the Romans marched out to bat-
tle, while the Carthaginians kept within their camp, thus
silently confessing defeat. 14 In the dead of night of the
third day, giving up the hope of getting possession of Nola,
Hannibal started for Tarentum, where he saw a better pros-
pect 15 of having the place betrayed to him. 15
1 se obicere. 2 Unnecessary. 3 Use Ablatives. * abesse. 5 0mit. 6 hand
dubie. 7 adesse. B Omit. 9 Implied in the signal given ; see the follow-
ing note. 10 The opposition is sufficiently expressed by juxtaposition.
11 = 'fatigued in vain for a day and a night.' 12 Ablative Absolute.
13 per aliquem stare. " = ' by silent confession, conquered.' 15 'to a
more certain hope of betrayal.'
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 123
11 C.
PHILIP'S ADDRESS TO THE ROMANS.
103. In reply Philip said : " My quarrel now is not with
the Maronites or with Eumenes, but with you, Komans; for it
is from you that, as I have long l perceived, I get no justice.
That the cities of Macedonia which had revolted from me
during a suspension-of-hostilities 2 should be restored to me I
thought but 3 fair, not because that would be a great accession
to my dominion, for they are small towns and situated on
my extreme frontiers, but because the example was of great
importance 4 towards keeping the rest of the Macedonians to
their allegiance. 5 This was refused me. In the Aetolian war I
was ordered by the consul M/ Acilius to lay siege to Lamia,
and after I had undergone a long, fatiguing service in con-
structing works and fighting, 6 while 7 in the act of passing
over the walls the consul recalled me from the city which
was almost captured, and obliged me to withdraw my forces
thence. As 8 a consolation for this piece of injustice I re-
ceived permission 9 to recover beggarly forts, for so they are 10
to be called rather than cities, in Thessaly, Perrhaebia and
Athamania. Of these also you deprived me a few days ago.
In what category do you wish to place me ? that is the ques-
tion. 11 Am I a deadly enemy or am I a friendly allied 12
1 Remember 230. 2 indutiae. 3 Unnecessary. 4 multum pertinere.
6 ' To their allegiance ' is implied in continere. " = ' long fatigued by
works and battles.' 7 Participle. 8 ad. 9 Express by the passive. 10 The
fulness of the English expression is to be avoided thus : ' Perrhaebia and
Athamania, beggarly forts rather than cities ' ; ' beggarly ' is implied in
castellum, the diminutive. " re f erf. 12 Observe that the Roman can-
not construe two similar adjectives with one substantive without a con-
nective ; hence = ' an ally and a friendly king. The same remark holds
good for ' deadly enemy.'
124 LATIN COMPOSITION
11 D.
HIERONYMUS DISMISSES THE ROMAN AMBASSADORS.
104, The praetor Appius Claudius, whose province Sicily
was, on l hearing this at once sent envoys to Hieronymus.
The envoys said that they came to renew the alliance which
had existed 2 with his grandfather, but they were heard and
dismissed with ridicule 3 by Hieronymus, who asked them
sneeringly how they had fared 4 in the battle at Cannae, for
what 5 the ambassadors of Hannibal told him was scarcely
credible ; he wished to know what was the truth, in order to
determine thereby which of the two sides 6 to follow. The
Romans, saying that they would return to him when he began
to listen seriously to embassies sent him, after warning him
rather than begging him not to break 7 faith with them
lightly, 8 took their departure. Hieronymus now sent an
embassy 9 to Carthage to conclude a treaty on the basis 10 of
his alliance with Hannibal. It was stipulated that when
they had expelled the Romans from Sicily, the river Himera,
which about divides the island, should be the boundary line
between the kingdom of Syracuse and the Punic empire.
Later, he sent a second embassy, in which he urged n that it
was fair that all Sicily should be yielded 12 to him, while the
people of Carthage should claim 13 the rule over Italy as its
own. 14 ,
i_H/U t ^, (t,
1 Use the conjunction ubi. 2 ='been.' 3 per ludibrium. 4 = ' what
their fortune had been.' 5 Avoid the relative. "Use spes. 7 Do not use
a subordinate clause ; mutare. 8 temere. 9 The Roman avoids the
abstract as a rule ; but not always. 10 ex. " censere. 12 Both should
be in the same construction ; study the construction with cedere.
u quaerere / use the passive construction. 14 proprius.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 12$
12 A.
A FAMILIAR NOTE.
105. I should scarcely have ventured to ask of you to write
me in Latin, for I feared that it would seem too difficult to
you, and on this account the Latin 1 letter I received from you
lately was all the more welcome. True, 2 it was not absolutely 3
faultless, but much neater and much more polished than I
should have believed. So I bid you be hopeful and entertain
no doubt 4 that some day or other under my guidance 5 you
will attain a considerable command of this line of work 6 also.
How welcome and delightful your coming here would have
been to me, it is utterly 7 unnecessary to assure you. For I
imagine you know well enough the greatness of my affection
for you. But I see so many young men who have come to
Rome fall ill that I have been afraid that at this season of
the year a change of climate might be a risk 8 to you. I
hope that before the 24th of August the hot spell 9 will abate
somewhat. At that time, God willing, I will take a trip 10 to
your town, for n I am eager to see you, and will have you
sent for at once. I have not at hand your letter before the
last 12 in which you ask me some questions 13 about civil law ;
but you can easily relieve yourself of the bother of the whole
investigation. Good bye, and bear me in affectionate remem-
brance. 14
l Latine scriptus ; incorporate according to 616. 2 quidem. * omni ex
parte. 4 English fulness. D Ablative Absolute (dux). 8 ' Line of work,'
genus. ~ nihil necesse est. * periculum afferre. 9 Expressed in Latin by
the Plural of the abstract; 201, N. 6. 10 excurrere. n Not a separate
clause. 12 'Before the last,' superior. "Use verb only, " English ful-
ness ; Latia deems amare sufficient.
126 LATIN COMPOSITION
12 B.
ON TRUE HOSPITALITY.
106, It would be a long story to explain in detail, 1 nor does
it matter how I happened to be dining at the house of a man
who seemed to himself to be elegant and economical, but to me
at once mean and extravagant. For he set before himself and
a few others rich dishes, before the rest cheap viands, and in
small quantities. 2 And so too with 3 the wane, which he had
put in small decanters, and had divided 4 it into three kinds,
not to give the privilege 5 of choosing but to prevent the right
of refusing : one kind for us and for himself, another for
his second-class 6 friends, for he classifies his friends, 7 yet 8
another for his freedmen and ours. My next neighbor 9 at
dinner perceived this, and asked me whether 10 I approved of
it. I said no. ' ' What plan n do you follow, then ? " said he.
" I put the same things before all." " Your freedmen too ? "
"Yes! 12 for then I consider them guests, not freedmen."
" Then/' said he, "it must cost you a round sum 13 ?" " By
no means." " How is that possible ?" "Very easily, 14 be-
cause, you must know, 15 my freedmen do not drink the same
wine that I drink, but I drink the same that my freedmen
drink." And really, if you restrain your appetite, it is not
a burdensome thing to share with a number what you use
yourself.
1 altius repetere. 2 Adjective. 3 Omit the relative ' which,' and make
vinum the object of 'divided.' 4 describere. 5 I.e. 'power.' 6 minor.
7 = ' he has his friends in grades (gradatim).' 8 Adds to the smoothness
of the English, but is unnecessary in the Latin. 9 Relative clause ; re-
member too that the Romans reclined at table. 10 Would an be allow-
able ? " I.e. 'habit,' M See 471, (a) i. " magnus. M Omit and begin
with ' because.' J6 = 'of course.'
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 127
12 0.
ON BEARING MISFORTUNES BRAVELY.
107. Miltiades, Aristides, and Themistocles were unjustly
condemned and banished by their fellow-citizens, but 1 never-
theless because they deserved well of their state are now of
such renown not only in Greece but also among us that no
one mentions those by whom they were crushed. Which of
the Carthaginians was of more value than Hannibal for 2 wis-
dom, for bravery, for achievements, who for so many years
contended single-handed 3 with so many of our generals for 4
empire and glory? Yet he 5 was exiled by his own fellow-
citizens ; we 5 -see that, even though 6 an enemy, he has been
celebrated in our literature and by our memory. Wherefore
let us love our country, obey the senate, consult the interests
of the conservatives. 7 Let us neglect present results 8 ; let
us devote ourselves 9 to the glory of coming time 10 ; let us
deem that to be best which is most upright ; let us hope for
what we wish, but let us bear what happens ll ; finally let us
reflect that the bodies of heroes 12 are mortal} but that the
glory of their valor is everlasting ; and let us believe that
those who have by their counsels or labors either enlarged
or defended or preserved this great state have obtained im-
mortal glory.
1 Subordinate the first clause. 2 Respect. 3 unns. 4 de ; do not use
contender e. 5 Do not lose sight of the contrast. The use of a particle
like quamquam with a form other than a rerb is not found in model
prose; the opposition is implied. T bonus. 8 fructus. 9< Serve.' 10 =
'posterity.' n Watch the tense. 12 Vir of itself is sufficient ; but homo
fortis magnusque is more rotund ; why would ma gnus be right here ?
128 LATIN COMPOSITION
12 D.
A LETTER OF RECOMMENDATION.
108, I did not promise Apollonius, who will 1 bring you
this letter,, a recommendation,, not that 2 I supposed that it
would not have weight 3 with you, but it seemed to me that
he needed no recommendation as he had served with you, and
in case he wished to make use of recommendations I saw
that he could accomplish his purpose 4 just as well by means
of other people. A word-in-evidence 5 of my opinion of him
I am l very willing to give, both because he set great store G
by it and because I have found out by actual trial 7 that my
word really has weight with you. What I know of him
then is that he is 8 a cultivated man and given to higher 9
studies from his very boyhood, for while he was yet a boy 10
he was much n at my house with Diodorus the Stoic, a pro-
foundly learned man, if 12 I am any judge. Now in his en-
thusiasm 13 for your achievements he is fired with the ambi-
tion 14 of putting them on record in Greek. That he can do
it, I believe. He has decided talent 15 ; he has had practice;
he has long been conversant with literary pursuits 1(i of this
kind. 17 He is intensely eager to do justice 18 to the immortal
fame your deeds have won, 19 Here you have a statement 5 of
my opinion, but you with 20 your unequaled insight will be
far better able to come to a decision.
* <i
C>c. * r
13.
1 See 252. 2 541, N. 2. 3 valere. 4 id. 6 testimonium. 6 An English
phrase. 7 ' To find out by trial ' is experiri. 8 Condense into ' I know
him to be.' 9 optimus. 10 = 'from boyhood.' "Literally. 12 That is,
'in my judgment.' 13 = 'inspired by zeal/ " = ' desires.' 15 = ' he is
strong in intellect.' 16 Hendiadys. " Reverse the cases. J8 satisfacere.
"Genitive. 2 ro.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 1 29
13 A.
ON THE SEARCH FOR A TUTOR.
109. What commission 1 could you have enjoined upon me
more pleasant than to look up a tutor for your brother's
children ? Thanks to 2 you, I go back to school again ; I
take up again, as it were, that most delightful time of life.
I sit among the lads as I used to do, and I even find out by
experiment 3 how much respect 4 I have among them, on ac-
count of 5 my studies. For lately, you must know, in a
crowded lecture-room the young fellows were debating 6 in a
loud tone of voice 7 in the presence of many persons of my
own rank ; I entered, they hushed. I should not relate this
if it did not tend 8 more to their credit than to mine; and if 1
did not wish you to hope that your brother's sons could be
properly trained. 9 As for the rest, 10 when I have heard all
the professors, n I will write what I think of each one ; and I
will manage it so that you yourself may seem to have heard
them all, so far at least as I can by letter. For I owe this
conscientious effort 12 to you ; I owe it to the memory of your
brother, especially in regard to a matter of such impor-
tance. 13
fVUw. Ifr. 1,19.
1 English fulness. a = ' by your benefit.' 'I.e. ' find out by experi-
ment,' experiri. 4 auctoritas. 6 The studies are the source. 6 ' Talking '
is sufficient. 7 Adverb. 8 pertinere. 9 What is the passive of docere ?
10 = ' as for what remains.' "A relative. " Hendiadys : 'fidelity and
zeal.' 13 tantus.
I3O LATIN COMPOSITION
13 B.
ON THE MURDER OF CICERO.
110. No 1 fouler deed disgraced that period than the pro-
scription of Cicero and the silencing 2 of the voice of a man
who through so many years had championed the weal of the
state 3 and of the citizens. Nevertheless, thou hast accom-
plished nothing, Mark Antony, by instigating 4 the murder
of Cicero, once the preserver of the republic, of Cicero, 5 the
great consul. Thou hast indeed rudely snatched from him
a light of day 6 that was full of anxiety, 7 an age that was
advanced, and a life that was more wretched under thy
dominion 8 than death under thy triumvirate ; but so far
from 9 taking away the fame and glory of his deeds and say-
ings, thou hast increased them. He lives, and will live
through all the memory of the ages ; and while the uni-
verse, 10 framed whether by chance or by providence, or by
what agency soever, shall remain intact, which he was almost
the only Roman to see with his mind's eye, 11 to embrace with
his genius, to illumine by his eloquence, it will bear on with
it as the companion of its existence 12 the praise of Cicero,
and all coming time shall admire his writings 13 against thee,
and execrate thy action 13 towards him ; and the human
race u shall sooner pass away from the world than the glory
of Cicero from the memory of mankind.
'This must be entirely changed thus: ' Nothing was so unworthy of
that period as the fact that Cicero was proscribed,' etc. 2 Use abscidere,
in allusion to the fate of Cicero. 3 The contrast can be heightened by
adding publicus and privatus ; but it is not necessary. 4 irritare.
"Replace by simple que. 6 Is not lux sufficient? 7 sollicitus. * Use
princeps. 9 Use tantum abest ut. . .ut, or adeo . .ut. J0 rerum naturae
corpus. n ' Mind ' is enough. 12 aevum. J3 Both are concrete, " =
* the race of men.'
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 13!
13 C.
ON THE ILLNESS OF A FRIEND.
Ill, I have been hard and fast in town this many a day, 1
and in a frightfully depressed state of mind 2 too. I am 3
sorely troubled by the long and obstinate illness of Titus
Aristo, for whom I have a great admiration 4 and regard. 4
For he is the most 5 earnest, the purest, and the most learned
of men, so that it seems to me that it is not the life of
one man that is in danger, 6 but in the person 7 of one
man the life of literature itself and all that is good in
mental and moral training. 8 How learned he is in pub-
lic and private law ! What an amount of history, 9 of pre-
cedents, of ancient lore 10 he possesses ! There is nothing
that you could wish to learn that he cannot teach. To me
certainly, as often as I look for something that is abstruse,
he is a perfect storehouse. Lately he called me and a few
of his especial n friends to him and begged that we would
consult the physicians concerning the upshot 12 of his illness,
so that if it were incurable he might of his own accord depart
this life ; if it were only hard to manage and tedious, that he
might hold out and remain. For 13 so much was due to the
prayers of his wife and to us his friends, that he should not 14
abandon our hopes, if only they were not vain, by a self-
sought 13 death.
1 = ' I have long been sticking,' etc. 2 English fulness ; use a single
word. 'Remember that the Roman prefers active to passive. 4 Verbs are
to be employed. 5 A negative expression (' nothing is more earnest,' etc.)
is more emphatic. 6 periculum ad-ire. 7 English fulness. omnes bonae
artes is sufficiently close to this whole phrase. res. antiquitas. n Rela-
tive clause: ' whom he is particularly fond of.' "summa. "His view.
14 Why not ut non ? 15 I.e. ' voluntary.'
132 LATIN COMPOSITION
13 D.
ON THE BEST STYLE.
112, If I am to have my choice,, I wish my style to be like
the winter snow, 1 as Homer calls it, that is, full and steady
and ample, Jove-like 2 and supernal. 3 But, you will say, 4 a
brief discourse is far more popular : yes, but only with the
indolent, whose easy sloth 3 it is ridiculous to respect as if it
were a critical decision. 6 For should you take counsel of 7
these people, it is not only better 8 to speak briefly, but bet-
ter not to speak at all. This is my opinion as yet, but I
will change it if you disagree. 9 But should you disagree
with me, pray let me know clearly your reason why. 10 For
although I ought to yield to your better judgment, 11 never-
theless I deem it more proper in a matter of so much im-
portance 12 to be overcome by argument 13 rather than by
authority. If, then, it seems to you that I am not mistaken,
write me so in as brief a letter as you choose; yet write. For
you will thus confirm my judgment. If I am mistaken, get
up 14 a long, long letter: so that if you agree 9 with me 1
shall have imposed on you the necessity of a short letter ; if
you disagree, of a really long one. -p^ .. ( Vo JL
1 Homer uses the Plural ; see 204, N. G. 2 I.e. ' divine.' 3 I.e. ' celes-
tial.' 4 Involved in the conjunction; 488. 6 Hendiadys : 'ease (<hli-
ciae) and sloth.' 6 One word, indicium. 7 = 'have in council." " Not
melius. 9 Be careful of the tense. 10 Latin would be content with,
'but pray explain clearly why you disagree.' " auctoritas. 12 English
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 133
14 A.
ON THE STATE 1 OF THINGS AT ROME.
113. Although there is such a general confusion 2 that
each one feels discontented 3 with his own situation, and
there is no one but 4 prefers to be anywhere rather than
where he is, nevertheless I do not doubt but that at this
time to a Lover of the Good Cause 5 a sojourn 6 at Rome is
the saddest conceivable. 7 For although no matter where
one is one has the same feeling of bitterness 8 at the utter
ruin of the state 9 and of one's self, nevertheless the eyes in-
crease the pain, for what others only hear, they are forced to
behold, and do not allow a man to turn his thoughts away
from the miseries about him. Therefore, although you must
be distressed by the lack of many things, nevertheless de-
liver yourself 10 from that great grief with which, I hear, you
are most tortured, namely, 11 over your not being in Rome.
For although it is a sad burden 12 for you to miss your dear
ones and your home, nevertheless all that you miss is hold-
ing its own, 13 and would not hold it better if you were at
hand, and is in no particular danger ; and when you think of
your home 14 you ought not to claim some especial fortune,
nor refuse to bear 15 the common fate. 16
1 Use se liabere 2 = ' a confusion of all things.' 3 paenitere. * Not
sed ; see G32. 5 Merely 'a good man.' 6 = ' it is the saddest (thing) to
be at Rome.' 7 Unnecessary. 8 Ilendiadys : 'feeling and bitterness.'
9 Contrast suus with publicus. 10 I.e. 'your mind.' u quod. = 'a
great trouble.' 13 status suus. M tua. 15 0mit. 16 There is no difference
between ' fate' and 'fortune,' so 'fate' may be omitted.
134 LATIN COMPOSITION
14 B.
ON THE LYONS FIRE.
114. Our friend Liberalis is now dejected 1 at the intel-
ligence 2 of a conflagration by which the colony of Lyons
has been consumed, a misfortune which might 3 well affect
anyone, not to say an ardent 4 patriot. So many beautiful
works of art and architecture, 5 any one of which might of
itself give distinction 6 to a city, have been laid low in one
night, 7 and a great calamity has befallen in profound 8 peace
such as is not to be dreaded even in time of war. This event
causes him to seek in vain 9 that firmness which he had exer-
cised in view of 10 those things which he used to think were
to be feared. But if this unexpected and almost unheard of
calamity n was not feared, it does not astonish me, 12 since it
was unexampled. For many cities have been visited 13 by
conflagrations, none destroyed. 13 For even when a hostile
band u has set fire 15 to houses, it has gone out in many
places, and although subsequently revived, nevertheless it
rarely devours 16 everything so completely as to leave nothing
for the sword. And there has scarcely ever been an earth-
quake so severe and destructive as to overturn whole towns.
In fine, there has never broken out a conflagration of so
remorseless 17 a character as to leave nothing for a second
conflagration. ^ ^ CA> ^ f/
1 tristis. 3 Avoid the abstract. 3 posse. 4 ='a man very fond
(amans) of his country.' 5 ' Works ' is enough. 6 illusirare. 7 Make
'night' the subject; ' has one night laid low.' 8 tantus. "I.e. 'miss.'
10 ad. " malum. 12 Reverse the subject. 13 Avoid the passive ; use
vexare. " The instrument. 16 ignem immittere. 1C depascere. 17 in-
festus.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 135
14 C.
EVERY MAN IS IGNORANT OF HIMSELF.
115. There are certain faults which we attribute to places
and seasons. And yet those faults are sure 1 to follow us
whithersoever we go. 2 You know that Dorippa, my wife's
fool, was left 3 as a hereditary burden in my household, for
personally 4 I am very stingy 3 in-the-matter-of such freaks.
If I ever want to amuse-myself 6 with a fool, I have not far
to look. 7 I laugh at myself. Well, this fool suddenly lost
her sight. 8 You will hardly believe what 9 I am going to tell
you, but it is a true-tale. She does not know that she is
blind ; and repeatedly asks her attendant to change-her-
quarters 10 ; she says the house is dark-as-pitch. 11 What we
laugh at in her happens to us all ; no one perceives that he
is avaricious or covetous. Nevertheless the blind seek a
guide ; WE wander without a guide, and say : ' I am not
extravagant ; a man 12 cannot live otherwise at Rome ; it is
not my fault 13 that I am irascible, my youth is the cause of
it/ Why do we deceive ourselves? Our disease 14 is not
from without ; it is within us. It has-its-seat 15 in our own
vitals, and the reason why 16 we have had such difficulty 17 in
attaining to health, is because we do not know that we are
sick. ,/ r r r
. j *^ t *. ( l^, .To
1 Use the periphrastic. "Be careful of the tense. 3 = 'remained.'
4 Use pronoun. 5 arersus; note its construction. 6 Use middle. 7 Use
gerundive of quaerere. 8 = ' ceased to see.' 9 Avoid the relative.
10 Use migrare. " tenebricosus. ia Not homo or vir. 13 meum vitium.
14 malum. 16 sedere. 16 = 'on that account (ideo) ... because.' "Use
adverb difficulter.
136 LATIN COMPOSITION
14 D.
EIGHT AND WRONG FIXED BY NATURE.
. 116. The principle-of-right l seems to me to have its ori-
gin 2 in nature ; whence it comes that there is no expiation
for crimes against men and sins against the gods. 3 There-
fore the guilty pay 4 the penalty for these actions not so much
by judicial sentences, 5 which formerly did not exist at all
and now do not exist in many cases, and even where they do
exist are very often mistaken,, 6 but they are driven 7 and
hunted down by furies, not with burning torches as we read
in the play-books, but by distress of conscience and the tor-
ture of guilt. Now if it is punishment and not nature that 8
ought to keep men from wrongdoing, what anxiety, pray,
would harass the wicked if the fear of penalties were re-
moved ? And yet not one of these men was ever so bold but
that he either denied that the deed in question 9 was com-
mitted by him, or invented some pretext 10 or other for his
just resentment, and sought a defense for his crime from
some law of nature. Moreover, if right and wrong n are not
fixed by nature, those of us who are not moved by a sense of
honor to be good men, but by some ultimate advantage, 12 are
canny, not good. What, for instance, 13 will a man, who
fears nothing but witness and judge, do who catches a weak
man alone whom he can despoil of his gold ? You see
plainly enough, I dare say, 14 what he will do. ^ ^ L ( /
1 ius. 2 Use verb. 3 Rhetorical position ; 682. 4 luere. 6 Simply indi-
cium. 6 falsus. 7 Avoid the passive. 8 Avoid the relative. 9 An
English addition. 10 causa. " ius covers both conceptions. 12 'Ulti-
mate advantage, ' utilitas. 13 nam. 14 credere.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 137
15 A.
ON THE FUNCTION OF THE MAGISTRACY.
117. The function l of the magistracy is to govern 2 and to
prescribe what 3 is right and useful and in accord with law.
For as laws govern magistrates, so magistrates govern the
people; and it can be said with truth that magistracy is a
speaking law, law a mute magistracy. Magistrates, there-
fore, are necessary ; for without their foresight and circum-
spection a state cannot exist, and on their proper organiza-
tion 4 all the administration of the commonwealth is based. 5
Nor are we to prescribe to them only the proper method 6 of
commanding, but also to the citizen the proper method of
obeying. For both he who commands well must necessarily 7
have obeyed at some time or other, and he who modestly
obeys seems worthy of commanding at some future time. 8
And so both he who obeys should 9 hope that at some time he
will command, and he who commands bethink himself that
he must shortly obey. But we do not only prescribe that
men should follow and obey the magistrates, but also that
they should honor and esteem them. For our friend Plato
sets down in the class of the Titans those who oppose magis-
trates, as they opposed the authorities-of-heaven. 10 . ^
V
1 vis. 2 praeesse. 3 Omit the relative. 4 discriptio : where the impli-
cation is that the substantive is used in a proper application no adjective
is needed ; so 'organization ' means ' proper organization,' and ' method,'
'proper method.' 6 continere. * modus. 7 Not an adverb. 8 I.e. 'at some
time or other.' 9 oportet. . 10 caelestis.
138 LATIN COMPOSITION
15 B.
ON TRUE PRAISE.
118. The praise of a man is not of the age * that preceded
him and that in which he himself lived : not of his country and
parents and ancestors, but of the man himself. It is to be de-
rived 2 from his mind and his body and his extraneous circum-
stances. 3 The praise of his body, indeed, and his fortunes 4 is
not only of less weight, but is not to be treated in a uniform 5
manner. For sometimes we bestow compliments 6 on beauty
and strength, as Homer does in the case of Agamemnon and
Achilles; sometimes admiration is greatly heightened 7 even
by infirmities, 8 as when the same poet says that Tydeus was a
little man, but a fighter. Fortune, it is true, lends dignity,
as in the case of kings and princes ; and then, again, 9 the less
the resources the greater the glory that she achieves for
noble actions. But all good things that are extraneous to
us 10 and that have fallen n to men accidentally are praised,
not because a man has got 12 them, but because he has used
them honorably. For riches and power and popularity, giv-
ing as they do 13 a great deal of force for good or evil, 14 con-
stitute the most certain test of character ; for we are either
better or worse by reason of them. The true praise is always
that of the mind.
1 = ' times/ to be limited by following relatives. 2 petere ; do not begin
a new sentence with it. 3 = '(those things that are) placed outside.'
4 Use fortuita. 5 unus. 6 honore verborum prosequi. 7 Avoid passive ;
' heighten,' multum conferre. 8 Use the Singular of the characteristic.
3 Not necessary. w extra nos esse. " 'Happen'; remember the synonyms.
" 2 habere. 13 ' As they do ' is an English term. " in utramque partem.
CONTINUOUS EXERCISES 139
15 C.
AS ARE THE LEADERS SO IS THE STATE.
119. It is not so great an evil l that the leading men in a
state should do wrong, although this is in itself 2 a very great
evil, as 3 that many imitators of these leading men spring
up. For you may see, if you choose to unroll the annals
of the past, 4 that states have always been of the same char-
acter 5 as their great men ; whatever that character may have
been, and whatever change of morals showed itself in the
leading men, the same followed in the people. This is much 6
more true than what our authority Plato thinks, who main-
tains that a change 7 in the songs of musicians changes the
relations of states. Whereas I think that a change in the
life and living of the nobility changes the relations of states.
Therefore vicious leaders deserve the worst of a state, and
not only do harm 8 in that they themselves are corrupted,
but also in that they corrupt others and do more mischief 9
by their example than by their sin. And, indeed, the law that
1 10 have extended so as to cover a whole class might be nar-
rowed further ; for a few, in fact n a very few, who have been
advanced to glory 12 and honor, have it in their power 13 to
corrupt the morals of a state or to correct them. /,- ,
C*. dL Lt. 3,14.31.
1 As this is a substantivized adjective, it should not be modified by an
adjective ; 369. 2 per se ipsum. 3 tantum ... quantum. *' The memory
of times.' 6 talis. 6 Litotes would make this stronger. 7 Avoid the ab-
stract by means of an Ablative Absolute. 8 obesse. 9 nocere. 10 = ' that
has been extended (deferre) to cover (in).' " atgue. ia ' Dignified (am-
plificare) with glory.' "posse is enough.
I4O LATIN COMPOSITION
15 D.
ON THE ORIGIN OF KINGS.
120. In the very earliest 1 times, the first reason for collect-
ing men in cities 2 was that there should be persons to check
violence, defend the poorer classes from the injuries of the
more powerful, and 3 to give each man what belonged to
him. That this was the origin of kings, Herodotus tells us,
and Cicero, who 4 borrowed it from him. And so in the
olden time kings themselves acted as judges, 5 as, for instance,
Minos, whose rare justice made him, according to 6 the
ancients, a judge among the dead ; as, for instance, Tenes,
worshipped among the inhabitants 7 of Tenedos as a god,
who, as they say, was wont to patrol the island called after
him with an axe with which 8 he was wont to smite those whom 8
he found upon careful examination 9 to have done wrong ; as,
for instance, Philip of Macedon, who, as we have learned,
took 10 patiently his being chidden by a poor n old crone to
whom he had said that he did not have time 12 to hear her,
for she retorted that he ought not to reign if he would not
take time 13 to hear and settle legal business. 14 And for a very
long time those who had the chief authority among the He-
brews 15 were called not kings, but judges, so that we perceive
that there is nothing so characteristic of royalty 16 as the
office-of -judge. 17
1 ' Most ancient.' *= 'for collecting states'; the city was a state.
3 481, 2. 4 Relative clause would be clumsy. B = ' judged.' 6 = ' in the
opinion of.' 7 Tenedius. 8 Eliminate one of these relatives. 9 causa
discussa. 10 = ' bear.' "Involved in the diminutive. 12 Not tempus.
13 vacare. " causae. 15 ' who were in control (praeesse) of the
people of the Hebrews with the highest authority (imperium). 9 16 Use
regius. 1T Use verb-
VOCABULAKY
act., active; adj., adjective; adv., adverb; conj., conjunction; intr., intransirive; pass.
passive; pron., pronoun; s., substantive; tr., transitive; v., verb.
abandon, deserere.
abandoned (of character), perditus.
abate, remittere.
abdicate, se abdicare.
abide, manere, opperiri.
able, be, posse.
abound, abundare.
about, de; (with numerals') fere.
above, supra; above all others, potis-
simum, vel maxime omnium.
abroad (in foreign lands'), peregre.
absence, absentia; in the absence of,
absens.
absent, absens; be, abesse.
absorb, combibere.
abstain, abstinere or se abstinere.
abstruse, abditus.
absurd, absurdus, insulsus.
abundance, abundantia, copia.
abuse, (s.) maledicta; (v.) vituperare.
accept, accipere, excipere, recipere.
acceptable, acceptus.
access, have, aditum patere.
accession, accessio.
accidentally, forte.
Accius, Accius.
accompany, comitari.
accomplice, conscius, socius.
accomplish, conficere, perficere, transi-
gere, efficere; consequi, agere; not ac-
complished, infectus.
accomplishment (= ability), ars.
accord, of one's own, ultro, sua
sponte, sua voluntate; in accord
with, coniunctus cum.
according to, secundum.
account, ratio; accounts, tabulae,
tabellae; render, rationem red-
dere; on account of, propter; on
this (or that) account, idcirco,
quare.
account-book, tabulae.
accusation, accusatio.
accuse, accusare, insimulare.
accused, reus.
accuser, accusator.
accustomed, solitus; be, solere, assues-
cere, consuescere; not accustomed.
insuetus.
Achaean, Achaeus.
Achaia, Achaia.
achieve, gerere, parere.
achievement, res gesta.
acknowledge, agnoscere.
acquaintance, notus.
acquainted, become, cognoscere.
acropolis, arx.
act, (s.) factum, f acinus; (t>.) agere,
facere.
action, factum; bring (legal), agere.
Actium, of, Actiacus.
activity, discursus.
actor, histrio.
add, addere, adscribere, afferre.
142
VOCABULAEY
address, (s.) allocutio, oratio; (v.) allo-
qui.
adduce, affere.
adjudge, adiudicare.
adjure, obsecrare.
administration, moderatio.
admirably, praeclare, divine.
admiration, admiratio.
admire, admirari, mirari.
admit, admittere; ( con/ess)confiteri.
adopt, (child) adopt are; (plan) ex-
cipere.
advance, (s.) adventus; (v.) progredi,
signa proferre, castra proferre.
advanced (in age), senilis.
advantage, commodum, utilitas, quae-
stus; have the, superiorem esse.
adversity, res adversae.
advice, consilium.
advise, monere, admonere, praecipere.
AegOSpOtamoi, Aegos flumen.
Aeneid, Aeneis.
Aequians, Aequi.
Aetolians, Aetoli.
affability, humanitas.
affable, comis; affably, comiter.
affair, res.
affect, afficere, movere.
affection, amor, caritas; (filial) pietas;
to have, diligere.
affirm, aio, affirmare.
afford, subministrare.
afraid, be, metuere.
Afranius, of, Afranianus.
afresh, iterum, rursum.
Africa, Africa.
African, Africus.
Africanus, Afkcanus.
after, (prep.) poW; (conj.) postquam.
afterwards, post, postea, posthac.
again, iterum.
against, adversus, contra, in.
Agamemnon, Agamemnon.
age, aetas, tempus; great, old, senec-
tus; (= period) saeculum.
aged, senex, grandis natu.
AgesilauS, Agesilaus.
Agis, Agis.
agitated, trepidans.
agree, assentire, conscntire; accedere;
On, convenire, componere; it is
agreed, constat, in confesso est.
agreeable, gratus.
agriculture, agricultura, agrorum-cul-
tus.
aid, auxilium; come to the aid of,
subvenire.
aim at, petere.
alarmist (adj.), trepidus.
Albius, Albius.
Alcibiades, Alcibiades.
Alexander, Alexander.
alienate, alienare.
alive, virus; be, vivere.
all, omnis, uni versus; all told, omnino;
at all, omnino.
Allia, of, Alliensis.
alliance, societas; make, societatem
pacisci.
allied, socius.
Allobroges, Allobroges.
allow, pati, permittere, sinere; it IS
allowed, licet.
ally, socius.
almost, fere, paene, prope.
alone, solus, unus.
Alps, Alpes.
already, iam.
also, etiam, quoque.
altar, ara.
alter, mutare, vertere.
although, quamquam, quamvis, cum,
licet, etc.
always, semper.
ambassador, legatus.
Ambiorix, Ambiorix.
address as
ambuscade, insidiae.
ambush, insidiae; lie in, subsidere in
insidiis.
amid, amidst, inter.
among, apud.
amount, use tantus, quantus, etc.
ample, largus.
amputate, amputare.
amuse, delectare.
Amyntas, Amyntas.
ancestors, maiores.
anchor, ancora.
ancient, vetus, antiquus.
and, et, atque, que.
anger, iracundia.
angrily, iracunde.
angry, iratus; get or be, irasci; angry
passion, iracundia.
animal, animal, bestia.
annals, annales.
announce, nuntiare, pronuntiare.
annoyance, molestia.
another, alius, alter; of, alienus.
answer, give answer, respondere.
anticipate, anticipate.
AntigonuS, Antigonus.
AntiochuS, Antiochus.
antiquity, vetustas; vetus may be
used.
Antonius, Antonius.
anxiety, sollicitudo.
any, ullus; quid, quidquid; quicquam
with gen.; anyone, quis, quisquam;
(interrog.) ecquis ; anywhere, usquam,
ubivis, ubicumque; at any time,
aliquando.
Apelles, Apelles.
Apollo, Apollo.
Apollonius, Apollonius.
appear, apparere, videri; it appears,
constat.
appearance, species.
appetite^ gula.
Appius, Appius.
apply, (e.g. torch) admovere; (care.
remedy) adhibere.
appoint, constituere, praestituere,
creare.
appreciate, animo capere.
apprehensive, be, vereri.
approach, (s.) adventus; (v.) accedere,
appropinquare .
appropriate, in suam rem convertere,
approve, probare, comprobare.
Apronius, Apronius.
Aquitania, Aquitania.
Arabian, Arabs.
AratUS, Aratus.
Arbela, Arbela (-orum).
Arcanum, Arcanum.
Archimedes, Archimedes.
archon, archon.
Argos, Argos.
argument, argumentum, ratio.
arise, oriri, cooriri, exoriri.
Aristides, Aristides.
Aristotle, Aristoteles.
arm, (s.) bracchium, dextera; (v.)
armaile.
armed, armati, cum armis.
arms, arma; take up, ad arma ire,
arma capere.
army, exercitus.
around, circa, circum.
arouse, inritare.
arrange, componere.
arrest, prendere, comprehendere.
arrival, adventus.
arrive, advenire, venire, pervenire.
arrow, sagitta.
art, ars.
artifice, ars, artificium.
as, ut, sicut; pro; cum, proinde acjloco
with gen.; as . . . as, tarn . . . quam;
as much as, as highly as (with
verbs of valuing), tantus . . . quantus;
144
VOCABULARY
as if, quasi, tamquam, etc.; as it
Were, quasi, velut.
ascend, ascendere.
ascertain, resciscere.
ashamed, one is, pudet.
Asia, Asia.
AsiaticuS, Asiaticus.
ask, ask for, rogare, interrogare; orare,
precari; petere, poscere, quaerere.
asleep, fall, obdormiscere.
assail, arma inferre, signa inferre, im-
petum facere; (with words) invehi in.
assassin, interfector, sicarius.
assassinate, interficere, occidere.
assassination, caedes, nex.
assembly, comitium; of the people,
contio.
assent, annuere, assentiri.
assist, iuvare, adiuvare.
assistance, auxilium, subsidium.
assume, suscipere.
assure, affirmare; assured, certus.
astonished, attonitus; be, mirari.
at, in, apud; be at stake, agi.
Athenian, Atheniensis.
Athens, Athenae.
Atrius, Atrius.
attack, (s.) impetus, vis; (v.) adoriri,
aggredi; consectari, invadere; oppug-
nare; make, oppugnare.
attain, attingere, consequi, pervenire.
attempt, conari, temptare, experiri.
attend to, gerere, animum advertere.
attendant, comes, satelles, paedagogus,
attention, cura, curatio; pay, curam
adhibere, animum advertere, operam
dare.
Attica, Attica.
Atticus, Atticus.
attract, allicere; (eyes) convertere.
attribute, attribuere, adscribere; often
putare.
augur, augur.
Ausonius, Ausonius.
author, auctor.
authority, auctoritas; be, auctorem
esse.
auxiliary, (s.) auxilium; (adj.) auxili-
aris; auxiliary troops, auxilia.
avail, be of, valere.
avarice, avaritia.
avaricious, avarus.
avenge, ulcisci.
avenger, ultor.
avert, avertere.
avoid, vitare, fugere.
await, exspectare, opperiri.
away, be, abesse.
axe, securis.
B
baby, infans, filiolus, filius, puer.
back, tergum.
backwards and forwards, ultro citro-
que.
bad, malus, gravis.
baggage, impedimenta.
bait, esca.
baldness, calvitium.
Ballio, Ballio.
band, societas,,familia, manus.
bandit, praedo, latro.
banish, expellere, in exsilium pellere.
barbarian, barbarus.
barely, vix ; barely escape, vix abesse
quin.
barren, sterilis.
base, turpis.
baseness, turpitude.
battle, pugna, proelium; (unfavorable),
clades; join, proelium committere,
manum conserere.
battle-line, acies.
bay, fretum, sinus.
be, esse; in, inesse; away, off, abesse;
how are you? quid agis?
ascend boldness
145
bear, gignere, parere; (=r endure) ferre,
pati, tolerare; (=z carry) ferre, por-
tare, vehere; trahere; in mind, me-
moria tenere.
bearer, use a relative clause.
beast, bestia; wild, ferus, fera,
beat, ferire, verberare; ( = surpass) vin-
cere, antecedere; be beaten, vapu-
lare.
beautiful, pulcher.
beauty, forma, pulchritude.
because, quod, quia, etc.
become, use esse.
becoming, decorus; it is, decet.
bed, lectus; go to, ire cubitum.
befall, accidere.
before, (prep.) ante; (with names of
towns') ad; (adv.) antea, prius; (conj.)
antequam, priusquam; put before,
praeferre; year before, annus prior.
beg, orare, petere.
beget, gignere.
begin, coepisse, incipere; capessere;
battle, proelium committere, ma-
num conserere, pugnare coepisse.
beginning, initium.
begone, abire.
begrudge, invidere.
behalf, on, pro.
behold, contemplari, conspicere, in-
tueri.
belief, opinio, fides; past belief, in-
credibilis.
believe, credere, fidem habere; make,
simulare.
belong, esse, pertinere; suus is often
used.
benefit, (s.) beneficium; (v.) prodesse,
iuvare.
beseech, obsecrare, orare.
beset, obsidere, circum venire,
besiege, obsidere, oppugnare.
best, optimus.
Bestia, Bestia.
bestow, dare.
betake one's self, se conferre.
bethink one's self, cogitare.
betray, prodere, indicare.
betrayal, proditio.
better, (adj.) melior; (adv.) melius, sa-
tius; (v.) meliorem facere.
between, inter, intra; space between,
medius may be used.
beware, cavere, videre.
bewilderment, trepidatio, error.
beyond, trans; (with participle) am-
plius quam.
bid, iubere ; (at a sale) liceri.
bind, vincire; by oath, obstringere,
inter se sancire.
bird, avis.
Bithynia, Bithynia.
bitter, acer, acerbus; enemy, inimicus;
bitterly, acriter.
bitterness, acerbitas.
blame, (s.) culpatio, vituperatio; (v.)
culpare, reprehendere, vituperare; be
to, auctorem esse.
blessed, beatus, felix.
blessing, bonum.
blhld, caecus.
block, praecludere.
blood, sanguis; drench with, cruen-
tare.
bloodshed, caedes.
bloom, florere.
blot, (s.) labes; (v.) out, delere, tollere.
blow, (s.) ictus, also vulnus; (= slaugh-
ter) caedes; (v.) in, invehere.
blus, herubescere.
boast, gloriari.
Bocchus, Bocchus.
body, corpus; (of men) manus; as a
body, in a body, universus.
bold, audax, ferox.
boldness, audacia.
146
VOCABULARY
bonds, vincula.
book, liber; -case, scrinium, capsa;
-keeping, ratio.
booty, praeda.
born, be, gigni, nasci.
boiTOW, mutuari.
bosom, sinus.
both, ambo, uterque; on both sides,
utrimque.
bother, molest ia.
bough, ramus.
boundary, finis.
boy, puer.
boyhood, pueritia; from, a puero.
brave, fortis.
bravery, fortitude, virtus.
break, frangere; into, irrumpere; off,
dirimere; open, refringere ; through,
perrumpere, interrumpere ; word,
fidem exuere.
break of day, prima lux, lux.
breast, pectus.
breath, spiritus.
bribe, largitio.
bridge, pons.
brief, brevis; briefly, breviter.
brilliant, splendidus, luculentus, pul-
cher; brilliantly, luculente, pul-
chre.
bring, ferre, adferre; about, efficere;
across, transferre, traducere; back,
referre; before (a person}, deducere
ad; forth, producere; Out, efferre,
producere; up, adducere; upon, im-
portare; an action, agere.
briskly (walk), recte.
bronze, of, aeneus.
brother, f rater.
Bmndusium, Brundusium.
Brutus, Brutus,
build, aedificare, facere.
burden, onus.
burdensome, o
burn, urere, ardere, cremare; down
(intr.), deflagrare.
burst forth, se eicere, erumpere.
bury, efferre, sepelire.
business, negotium, res.
busy, occupatus.
but, at, sed, nisi, etc.; but in fact, cete-
rum.
buy, emere.
by, a, ab; way of, via, per.
bystander, proximus.
Cadiz, Gades.
Caecina, Caecina.
Caelius, Caelius.
Caesar, Caesar.
calamity, calamitas.
call, appellare, vocare, nominare.dicere;
(council) advocare; back, revocare;
forth, OUt, evocare, excire; ( sum-
mon) advocare, excire.
camel, camelus.
camp, castra; Standing-, stativa;
pitch, castra ponere.
Campanian, Campanus.
can, posse; not, nequire.
Cannae, Cannae; of, Cannensis.
canny, callidus.
canvass, petitio; also preces.
capable of, be (= hold), capere.
capital, caput.
Capitally, insigniter.
Capito, Capito.
Capitol, Capitolium.
Capitoline, Capitolinus.
captive, captivus, captus.
capture, capere.
Capua, Capua.
Carbo, Carbo.
care, (s.) cura; (v.) for, curare,
careful, diligens, prudens; be, curam
adhibere, animum ad vert ere.
bonds cleverly
147
carefully, diligenter, sedulo.
careless, be, languere.
carelessness, levitas.
Caria, Caria.
carry, ferre, portare, vehere; across,
traicere; back, revehere; off, de-
portare; on, administrare, gerere;
Out, exsequi; up, evehere.
Carthage, Carthago.
Carthaginian,Carthaginiensis,Poenus.
case, causa, res; be the, verum esse;
in case, si; in the case of, in, de;
in any case, utique ; in many cases,
multifariam.
cash, pecunia.
cast, conicere; Up, obicere.
castle, arx, castellum.
catch, capere, deprehendere, nancisci;
Sight of, aspicere, conspicere; up,
excipere.
Category, numerus.
CatO, Cato.
Catullus, Catullus.
cause, (*.) causa; (v.) facere, efficere;
(bewilderment) inicere.
Cavalry, equites, equitatus.
Cease, cessare, desinere; desistere, absi-
stere.
celebrate, celebrare.
celestial, caelestis.
censor, censor.
center, umbilicus.
centurion, centurio.
Ceres, Ceres.
certain (pron.), quidam, nonnullus.
certain (adj.), certus; be, certo scire,
exploratum habere; know for, certo
scire; get certain news, certum
habere.
certainly, profecto, certe.
Certainty, know to a, certum habere.
CethegUS, Cethegus.
Chabrias, Chabrias.
Chaeronea, Chaeronea.
champion, (.) vindex; (v.) defendere,
vindicare.
chance, casus; by, casu, forte.
change, (s.) mutatio, commutatio ; (v.)
mutare, vertere.
character, mores, ingenium et mores.
Chares, Chares.
charge, (s.) (criminal) crimen; (mili-
tary') impetus, incursio; have in,
custodiam habere; let come to, ad-
mittere in; (v.) (criminal) insimulare;
(military) procurrere.
Charles, Carolus.
charming, lepidus.
cheap, vilis, bonus.
check, coercere, impedire.
cherish, colere.
chide, obiurgare.
child, puer; children, liberi, parvuli.
Choice, electio.
choose, legere, deligere, eligere; creare;
velle.
Cicero, Cicero.
CincinnatUS, Cincinnatus.
China, Cinna.
circumspection, diligentia.
circumstance, res; under certain
circumstances, aliquando. *
Cirta, Cirta.
citadel, arx.
citizen, civis; fellow-, civis.
city, urbs.
civil, civilis; sometimes domesticus.
civil-faction, seditio.
claim, vindicare, postulare; sometimes
quaerere.
class, genus.
Claudius, Claudius.
clear, clarus; clearly, plane, satis,
luculenter; to be clear, palamesse.
Clemency, dementia.
Cleverly, argute, acute.
148
VOCABULARY
Cleverness, astutia; often merely in-
genium.
climate, caelum.
Clodius, Clodius.
Close, prope, propinquus; at hand,
ex propinquo.
Cloud, nimbus.
Clusium, men of, Clusini.
coast, ora; sea-, ora maritima.
cohort, cohors.
colleague, collega.
collect, colligere, congregare, conferre;
concurrere, convenire.
colony, colonia.
combine, coire, concurrere.
come, venire, advenire; about, eve-
nire; back, redire; down on, oppri-
mere; forth, evadere, procedere;
forward, prodire; in, introire, inire;
near, adire, paulum abesse; out,
exire; to consult, adire; up,
obviam ire, subire, adesse ; upon, su-
per venire; (= happen) fieri.
Comfort, commodum.
Coming, adventus; time, posteritas.
Command, (s.) imperium, facultas; be
in, praeessej (v.) imperare, iubere;
praeesse.
commander, imperator.
commandant, praetor, praefectus.
commence, incipere, coepisse; ordiri.
commentary, commentarius.
Commission, mandatum.
commissioner, legatus.
commit, committere, patrare; high-
way robbery, latrocinari ; sin, pec-
care.
common, communis.
commons, plebs.
commonwealth, civitas, res publica.
communicate, indicare.
community, civitas.
companion, comes.
comparable, comparandus.
compare, conferre, comparare.
compel, cogere.
Competitor, competitor.
complain, queri, conqueri.
complete, conficere, perficere.
composed, compositus.
comprehend, intellegere, accipere.
compulsion, necessitas; under, coa-
ctus.
comrade, commilito, socius; often suus.
conceal, celare.
conceive, concipere; (hope) also capere.
concern, (s.) cura; (v.) pertinere ad, in-
terest, refert.
concert with, in, cum.
conclude, efficere; treaty, foedus
facere.
conclusion, escape, effugere.
concubine, paelex.
condemn, damnare, condemnare.
condemnation, damnatio.
condition, condicio, status.
Conduct, gerere; investigation, quats
stionem ferre.
confer, dare; (= take counsel) colloqui.
conference, colloquium, conventus.
confess, fateri, confiteri.
Confession, confessio.
confidence, fiducia; lack, diffidere.
Confident, be, confidere.
confirm, confirmare, sancire.
conflagration, incendium.
conflict, pugna.
confusion, trepidatio, perturbatio;
wild, tumultus; throw into, tur-
bare.
congratulate, gratulari.
connection, necessitudo; by mar-
riage, also affinitas.
Conon, Conon.
conquer, vincere, superare; (town)
capere.
cleverness crisis
149
conqueror, victor.
conscience, conscientia.
consciousness, conscientia.
conservative, bonus.
consider, putare, habere, statuere;
ponderare, cogitare.
considerable, aliquis may be used.
Consolation, solacium.
console, consolari.
Conspiracy, coniuratio.
Conspirator, coniviratus.
constable, viator.
constancy, constantia.
constitute, use facere.
constitution, patria instituta.
consul, consul.
consular, consularis; power, im-
perium.
consulship, consulatus.
consult, adire; consulere, consultare.
consultation, hold, consultare.
consume, consumere, absumere; (by
fire) exurere.
Contain, continere.
contemn, contemnere.
Contemplate, contemplari, cogitare.
contemporary, aequalis.
contemptible, contemptibilis.
contend, contendere, certare, niti; pu-
gnare, decertare.
content, contentus.
Contest, certamen.
contrary, contrarius; on the, ex con-
trario; to, contra.
controversy, certamen, controversia.
convenience, commodum.
conversant, be, versari.
converse, colloqui.
convey, perferre.
convict, damnare, convincere.
convince, persuadere; be convinced,
alicui persuasum esse.
convoke, convocare.
COOk, coquere.
copy, exemplum.
Corcyra, Corcyra.
cordial, benignus, familiaris; cordial-
ly, amice.
Corinth, Corinthus.
Coriolanus, Coriolanus.
Cornelius, Cornelius.
correct, corrigere.
corrupt, corrumpere.
cost, constare.
Cotta, Cotta.
Council, consilium, concilium.
Counsel, consilium; take, consultare,
consulere, in concilio habere.
counselor, consiliarius.
Count, numerare.
countenance, vultus, facies, os.
counter, contra.
country, patria, rus; regio, ager;
-house, -seat, villa.
courage, virtus, animus, animi ; pluck
Up, animos tollere.
course ( = plari), consilium; of COUrSC,
videlicet.
COUrt, in, in iudicio.
courtier, aulicus, purpuratus,.
cover up, tegere.
covetous, avarus, cupidus.
COVCtOUSness, avaritia.
coward, cowardly, ignavus, fugax.
CrassUS, Crassus.
crazy, demens, vecors.
create, creare.
creature, homo.
credibility, fides.
credible, credibilis.
credit (= praise), laus.
creditor, creditor.
Cretan, Cretensis, Cres.
crime, scelus, f acinus, crimen; COm-
mit, delinquere.
Crisis, tempestas; tempora.
150
VOCABULARY
crocodile, crocodilus.
crone, anicula.
cross, transire, transmittere, trans-
gredi.
crowd, turba.
crowded, frequens.
Crucify, cruciare.
Cruel, crudelis.
cruelty, crudelitas.
Crush, frangere, opprirnere.
Cry OUt, exclamare, conclamare, clami-
tare.
cultivated, doctus.
Cumae, Cumae.
CUp, poculum.
curb, refrenare.
curse, exsecrare, maledicere.
curtain, palla.
custody, custodia.
Custom, mos, consuetude.
cut, caedere; down, (men) caedere, op-
primere; (things) rescindere; off, ab-
scidere, auferre, desecare, excidere ; in-
tercludere, prohibere; to pieces,
caedere.
Cybele, Cybele.
CypseluS, Cypselus.
dagger, pugio.
daily, cottidie, in dies.
Damaratus, Damaratus.
danger, periculum.
dangerous, periculosus.
dare, audere.
daring, audacia.
darkness, tenebrae.
dart OUt, evolare.
dastardly, turpissimus; dastardly
Conduct, ignavia.
daughter, filia.
dawn, (s.) lux; (v.) illucere.
day, dies; before yesterday, nudius-
tertius; every, cottidie; three days,
triduum.
daylight, lux.
dead, mortuus ; the dead, mortui.inferi ;
for dead, pro occiso; dead of night,
silentium noctis.
deaf, surdus.
dear, carus, dulcis; dearly, also unice.
dearth, inopia.
death, mors; meet, diem obire; put to,
morte afficere, interficere; lay death-
penalty, morte sancire.
debauchee, luxuriosus.
debauchery, luxuria.
decanter, laguncula.
deceive, fallere, decipere.
decide, decernere, statuere; be decided
(of a battle), inclinari.
decision, come to a, iudicare.
decisive, ultimus.
declare, indicere, declarare, ostendere,
testari; (of war) indicere.
decree, (s.) consultum, decretum; by,
ex decreto; (v.) decernere.
deed, factum, f acinus, res gesta; some-
times opera.
deem, iudicare, putare, habere, reri,
ducere; right, videri.
defeat, (s.) res adversa, proelium adver-
sum; (political) repulsa; (v.) pellere,
vincere, superare, expugnare.
defection, defectio.
defend, arcere, defendere, munire,
tueri; (legal) also causam dicere.
defendant, reus.
defender, vindex.
defense, defensio; means of, prae-
sidium; make, contra dicere.
deference, modestia.
deformed, distortus.
degree, express by the adverb or adjec- t
tive.
crocodile disclose
delay, morari, cunctari; exspectare.
delicate, tener, tenuis.
delightful, iu^undus, dulcis, suavis.
deliver, tradere; (= free) liberare.
Delphi, Delphi.
demand, flagitare, poscere, postulare,
petere.
Democritus, Democritus.
dense, densus.
deny, negare, denegare, infitiari; ab-
nuere.
depart, abire, abscedere, decedere, dis-
cedere; exire, excedere; migrare, pro-
ficisci.
departure, abitus, discessus; take,
proficisci.
deposit, ponere.
depressed, attonitus.
depressing, tristis.
deprive, privare, adimere.
deride, deridere.-
descend, descendere.
describe, exponere.
desert, (s.) deserta, vastitas; (v.) de-
serere, relinquere; (military) transire,
transfugere.
deserter, transfuga, deserter.
desertion, transitio, defectio.
deserve, merere, dignum esse; deserv-
ing, dignus, meritus.
design, consilium.
desire, (s.) cupido, cupiditas, voluntas;
according to, ex sententia; (v.)
cupere, desiderare, velle, optare.
desirous, cupidus; be, cupere, velle.
despair, despair of, desperare.
despatch, mittere, dimittere, prae-
mittere.
desperado, perditus.
despise, contemnere, aspernari.
despoil, spoliare.
destine, destinare.
destroy , delere ; vastare, aufer re; interi-
mere, caedere; exscindere, pessum
dare; be destroyed, ruere.
destruction, pernicies.
destructive, perniciosus.
detain, retinere, tenere, sustinere.
deter, deterrere.
determine, statuere, constituere, decer-
nere; consilium capere.
detract, detrahere.
devastate, vastare.
devastation, populatio.
devastator, populator.
devote, devovere.
diadem, diadema.
Diana, Diana.
dictator, dictator.
die, mori, decedere, mortem obire.
differ, dissentire, differre.
difference, use interest or refert.
different, alius, dissimilis; to be, di-
stare; differently, secus.
difficult, difficilis.
difficulty, difficultas; with, aegre,
difficile; ( quarrel) simultas.
dignified, gravis.
dignity, dignitas; (= office) magis-
tratus.
dilatoriness, cunctatio.
diligence, diligentia.
diminish, minuere, diminuere, immi-
nuere.
dinner, cena, prandium.
Dionysius, Dionysius.
direction, praeceptum.
disagree, dissentire.
disagreement, discordia, dissensio,
controversia.
disappear, vanescere, abscedere.
disaster, calamitas, clades, incom-
modum.
disastrous, gravis.
discern, cernere.
disclose, aperire, enuntiare, expromere.
152
VOCABULARY
discourse, oratio.
discredit, vituperatio.
discuss, tractare, agere, disputare.
discussion, controversia.
disease, morbus.
disgrace, dedecus, flagitium, infamia.
disgraced, foedus.
disgraceful, infamis, foedus, turpis;
dedecus may also be used.
dishonesty, fraus.
dismiss, dimittere.
dispense with, carere.
disposed to think, dubitare.
disposition, animus, ingenium.
dispute, controversia.
dissension, dissensio.
dissuade, dissuadere, revocare.
distance, from a, c longinquo.
distant, be, abesse, distare.
distinction, ornatus.
distinguished, clarus, insignis, sum-
mus.
distress, angor.
distressed, be, angi, dolere, torqueri.
district, use fines,
distrust, diffidere.
disturb, turbare, perturbare.
disturbance, tumultus.
ditch, fossa.
divert, convertere.
divide, dividere.
divhie, divinus.
divulge, patefacere, enuntiare.
dizzy, become, vertigine corripi.
do, facere; agere, agitare; how do you
do? quid agis?
doctrine, disciplina.
Dolabella, Dolabella.
domestic, domesticus.
dominion, regnum.
donkey, asellus.
door, ostium, ianua; out of doors,
foras.
Dorippa, Dorippa.
doubt, (s.) use dubius; be in, be mat-
ter of, in dubio esse; (v.) dubitare,
alicui dubium esse.
doubtful, anceps, dubius.
drag, trahere.
drain, haurire, exhaurire.
draw, trahere, stringere; off, (water)
emittere; out, extrahere, educere;
together, cogere; up, instruere,
educere.
dread, vereri, timere.
dress, tunica, vestimentum.
drink, (.) potio; (v.) bibere, potare.
drive, agere, agitare, pellere; back,
repellere; from position, loco mo-
vere; on, rapere; out, eicere, ex-
pellere, pellere.
DruSUS, Drusus.
dry, siccus; ground, use aridum.
duck, anas.
due, debere; to be due, also dandum
esse.
Duilius, Duilius.
dull, hebetare.
dumb, surdus.
durance, custodia; keep in, custodire.
duty, officium.
Dyrrachium, Dyrrachium.
each, uterque; each other, use inter
se, nos, vos, etc.
eager, avidus, cupidus; be, avere, stu-
dere; become, concupiscere.
ear, auris.
early in the morning, mane.
earn, mereri.
earnest, gravis.
earth, terra.
earthquake, terrae (or terrarum)
discourse esteem
J53
east, oriens.
easy, facilis, mollis; easily, facile.
eat, edere.
Ebro, Iberus.
eclipse, defect io ; be in, laborare.
economical, diligens.
edict, edictum; make, publish, edi-
cere.
efface in memory, oblitterare in ani-
mo.
effect, efficere.
effigy, imago.
effort, make, conari, rem temptare.
Egypt, Aegyptus.
Egyptian, Aegyptius.
eight, octo; hundred, octingenti.
eighteen, duodeviginti.
either, uterque.
elegant, lautus, venustus.
elephant, elephantus.
eloquence, eloquentia.
eloquent, eloquens; eloquently, elo-
quenter.
else, alius.
embark, (act.) imponere in navem;
(pass.) ascendere navem.
embassy, legatio.
embrace, amplecti, complecti.
emergency, tempus.
emissary, homo, or to be left untrans-
lated.
empire, imperium if military; otherwise,
regnum, summa imperii.
employ, adhibere.
end, (s.) finis, extremum; bring to an,
conficere; put an, finem facere; (v.)
finire.
endeavor, (s.) conatum; (v.) conari,
temptare, operam dare.
endowed, praeditus.
endure, pati, ferre; perpeti.
enduring, stabilis.
Endymion, Endymion.
enemy, hostis, inimicus; of the, use
hostilis.
energetic, impiger; energetically,
impigre.
energy, impetus, vis; industria.
engagement, proelium, certamen;
often res.
engross, occupare.
enhance, augere.
enjoin, iniungere.
enjoy, frui.
enough, satis.
enraged, be, iracundia efferri.
enrich, inaurare; one's Self, divitem
fieri.
enrol, conscribere, adscire.
ensconced, be, se tenere.
enter, inire, intrare, ingredi; upon, in-
gredi, inire; a war, bellum inferre ; (in
an account book) referre.
enthusiasm, enthusiastic support,
studium.
entreat, precari, rogare.
entreaty, (prex).
enumerate, numerare.
envoy, legatus.
envy, (s.) invidia, odium; (v.) invidere.
Ephesus, Ephesus.
epic, epicus.
Epicurus, Epicurus.
equal, (adj.) par, aequus; equally,
aeque; make, exaequare; (v.) ae-
quare, aequiperare.
equanimity, aequus animus.
equipment, supellectilis.
error, error.
escape, (s.) fuga; (v.) fugere, effugere,
evadere; notice, fugere.
especial, praecipuus; especially, ma-
xime, potissimum, praesertim.
estate, (rank) ordo; (property) prae-
dium, fundus.
esteem, aestimare, diligere.
154
VOCABULARY
estimate, aestimare, ponderare.
eternal, immortalis, eternal-exist-
ence, aeternitas.
Etruria, Etruria.
Etrurian, Etruscus.
Eumenes, Eumenes.
eunuch, spado.
Europe, of, Europaeus.
evacuate, exire, relinquere, destiluere.
even, aequus, anceps; etiam; even if,
etsi, etiamsi; not even, ne . . . qui-
dem.
evening, vesperum.
evenness, aquae vires.
event, eventus, eventum, res.
ever, umquam ; if ever, si quando.
everlasting, sempiternus.
every, quisque, omnis; body, omnes;
day, cottidie; thing, omnia.
evident, be, apparere, videri.
evil, malus.
exact, exigere.
examine, cognoscere, inspicere, re-
cognoscere.
example, exemplum; after, ad.
excel, excellere, praestare.
excellent, eximius, excellent, optimus.
except, praeter, nisi.
exceptional, eximius, singularis.
excessive, nimius.
excite, movere, commovere, permovere.
ex-COnsul, consularis.
excuse, (s.) excusatio, causa; (v.) excu-
sare.
execrate, exsecrare.
execute, interficere, occidere.
exercise, exercere.
exhort, hortari.
exile, (s.) exsul, exsilium; be in, ex-
sulare; (v.) expellere, pellere, eicere.
exist, esse.
expect, exspectare.
expectation, exspectatio.
expedition, iter.
expel, expellere.
expense, sumptus; at the public, pu-
blice.
experience, usus.
expiation, expiatio.
expire, exstingui.
explain, explicare.
exploit, res gesta.
exportation, exportatio.
extant, be, exstare, comparere.
extraordinary, eximius, minis,
extravagant, sumptuosus, ambitiosus.
extreme, extremus, supremus, ul-
timus.
eye, oculus; in the eyes of, apud or
Dative.
Fabius, Fabius.
face, os, facies, vultus.
faction, factio, partes.
factious, turbulentus.
fail, deficere; to notice, aliquem fal-
lere.
faint, concidere.
fair, aequus.
fairness, aequitas.
faith, fides.
faithful, fldelis, fidus.
fall, (s.) mors; (v.) cadere, coneidere;
occumbere, perire, mori; down, deci-
dere; into, incidere; on, among,
Upon, in with, incidere; upon, (fear)
incedere with dat.; into ruins, in-
terire ; fallen, also strati.
falling back, receptus.
false, falsus.
family, familia.
famine, fames.
famous, clarus.
far, procul; as far as possible, quam
maxime ; thus far, adhuc.
estimate force
155
fare, agere; how do you fare, quid
agis.
fasces, fasces.
fashion, mos, consuetude.
fate r fatum,sors.
father, pater, parens.
fatigue, fatigare.
fault, culpa, peccatum, vitium; find,
culpare; it is the fault of, per ali-
quem stat.
faultless, emendatus.
favor, (s.) beneficium, often gratum,
pergratum; do, praestare, gratum
facere; (v.) favere.
fear, (s.) timor, metus, f ormido ; (v.) ti-
mere, metuere, formidare, vereri, hor-
rere.
feast, epulae.
feel, sentire, intellegere; loss, deside-
rare; gratitude, gratiam habere.
feeling, sensus; feelings, animus,
animi.
fell, caedere.
fellow, homo ; f ellow-citizen, civis.
festive, festivus.
few, pauci ; how f CW, quotus quisque ;
very, perpauci.
fickle, vanus.
fidelity, fides.
field, ager; ( plain) campus.
fierce, atrox, ferox; fiercely, fero-
citer.
filth, quintus.
fifty, quinquaginta.
fight, (s.) pugna; (v.)pvignare,dimicare;
out, hard, depugnare, dimicare.
fighter, bellator.
figure, corpus.
fill, complere, opplere; (office) gerere.
finally, denique, postremo, ad postre-
mum.
find, invenire, reperire, cognoscere;
(= come upon) offendere; out, certio-
rem fieri, intellegere, cognoscere, in-
venire; death, occumbere mortem.
fine, (adj.) praeclarus; hi fine, denique;
(v.) multare.
finish, finire, conficere; up, conficere.
fire, (s.) ignis, incendium; (v.) incen-
dere.
firmness, constantia, firmitas.
first, primus; at, primo, primum.
fish, piscis.
fit, fitted, aptus, idoneus.
five, quinque; hundred, quingenti.
fix (day), dicere; fixed, certus, destina-
tus, fixus.
flattery, adulatio.
flaw, vitium.
flee, fugere, prof ugere ; for protection,
confugere.
fleet, (adj.) velox; (s.) classis.
flight, fuga; take to, fugam capere, fu-
gam facere ; in fugam se conferre.
flock, (v.) se conferre.
flourish, florere.
foe, hostis.
foliage, frons.
follow, sequi; consequi, persequi, sub-
sequi; accidere post; on, subsequi;
up, insequi; (advice, counsel, law) uti;
(=. obey) obtemperare.
following, insequens, proximus, pos-
terus.
folly, dementia,
fool, fatuus, stultus.
foolish, amens, stultus.
foot, pes; set, pedem inferre, efferre;
have on foot, moliri.
for, nam, enim; (= on account of) prop-
ter;de.
forage, pabulum,
forbode, praesagire.
force, (s.) vis, vires; forces, copiae, or
use poss. pron.; in force, (sally) use
magnus; (v.) cogere.
I 5 6
VOCABULARY
forcibly, vi.
foreign, externus.
foreigner, peregrinus, barbarus.
foresight, prudentia.
forest, silva.
forestall, praeoccupare.
foretell, praedicere.
forget, oblivisci.
forgetful, immemor, oblitus.
forgive, ignoscere.
form, (.) forma; (v.) instituere.
former, prior; often ille.
forsooth, scilicet, videlicet.
fort, castellum.
fortification, munimentum, munitio.
fortify, munire, communire.
fortress, castellum.
fortune, fortuna, sors; good, felicitas;
be the good fortune of, contingere.
forty, quadraginta.
found, condere.
foundation, shake, labefactare.
founder, conditor.
four, quattuor.
fourteen, quattuordecim.
frame, constituere.
fray, proelium.
freak, prodigium.
free, liber; from, sine; one is free to,
licet; set free, liberare.
freedman, libertus.
freedom, libertas.
freeman, liber.
friend, friendly, amicus.
friendship, amicitia.
fright, metus.
frighten, terrere; thoroughly, conter-
rere; out of one's senses, exanimare.
from, ab, de, ex.
frontier, fines.
fruit, fructus.
fruitless, infructuosus.
fugitive, fugitivus, fugiens.
full, plenus; often com- with a verb;
(used of style) creber.
Fulvius, Fulvius.
funeral, funus.
Furius, Furius.
furnish, (help) ferre ; furnished, t>rna-
tus.
further, use plus, amplius, longius:
furthest, ultimus.
fury, furia.
future, futurum.
gain, (s.) lucrum; (v.) adipisci, assequi
Gaius, C., Gaius.
Galba, Galba.
gallant, fortis.
game, ludus.
gang, familia.
gap, intervallum.
garden, hortus.
garment, vestis, vestimentum.
garrison, (s.) praesidium, oppidani
(v.) praesidere.
gate, porta, ianua.
gate-keeper, ianitor.
Gaul, Gallia; a, Gallus.
general, imperator, dux, praefectus.
generosity, liberalitas.
genius, ingenium.
gentle, mansuetus.
gentleman, vir optimus.
George, Georgius.
German, Germanus.
get, adipisci, impetrare; off, (= escape)
evadere; (= move away) discedere;
Out, (= extricate) explicare; to,
( = arrive) venire, ad venire, per venire ;
to land, appellere; together, colli-
gere, conficere; up, ( = arrange) in-
struere; well, convalescere.
gift, donum, munus.
forcibly harmful
157
give, dare, tribuere, tradere; over to,
dedere, permittere; up, dare, tra-
dere, relinquere, omittere; up Opin-
ion, de opinione decedere; way, in-
clinare ; given to, deditus.
glad, be, gaudere.
Glaucia, Glaucia.
glorious, clarus, celeber, praeclarus.
glory, gloria, laus; with, praeclare.
glow, ardere.
glut, satiare.
Gnaeus, Cn., Gnaeus.
go, ire; out, exire; over (= desert), de-
ficere; through, pervadere.
god, deus.
gold, aurum.
golden, aureus.
good, bonus; do, usui esse, prodesse;
-luck, felicitas; -will, benevolentia ;
better, melius, satius.
goods, res.
gOOSe, anser.
Gorgias, Gorgias.
govern, regere, gubernare.
government, civitas, imperium.
granary, horreum.
grandfather, avus; of a (adj.), avitus.
grant, concedere, tribuere, dare, per-
mittere.
grasp, comprehendere, capere.
grassy, herbidus.
grateful, gratus.
gratitude, gratia; feel, gratiam habere;
show- by- action, referre.
great, magnus, ingens; as great
as, tantus. ..quantus; SO, tantus;
greater, plus with gen.; greatly, ad-
modum, magnopere.
greatness, magnitude.
Greece, Graecia; of, Graecus.
greedy, avidus.
Greek, Graecus.
green (of old age) , vegetus.
grey, caesius.
grief, dolor, maeror.
grieve, dolere.
grievous, gravis, miser,
groan, (s.) gemitus; (v.) ingemescere.
ground, locus; give, cedere.
grove, nemus.
grudge, inimicitia.
guarantee, (s.) praesidium; (v.) con-
stringere.
guard, (s.) custos; be on one's, ca-
vere; put a guard over, custodire;
(v.) custodire.
guardian, custos.
guest, hospes, convictor.
guide, (s.) dux; (v.) ducere.
guilt, fraus.
guilty, malus, improbus,reus;be,reum
esse, obstringi.
habit, consuetudo, mos.
half-inclined to think, dubitare an.
Hamilcar, Hamilcar.
hamper, cogere.
hand, manus; be at hand, adesse; in
the hands of, penes.
hand over, tradere.
handsome, pulcher.
hang, pendere; one's Self, vitam sus-
pendio finire.
Hannibal, Hannibal.
happen, accidere, contingere, evenire;
usu venire; esse, fieri.
happiness, felicitas.
happy, beatus, felix; happily, beate.
harangue, contionari.
harass, vexare.
harbor, portus.
hard, durus, difficilis; hard to man-
age, difficilis; hard on, gravis.
harmful, be, nocere.
158
VOCABULARY
harmonize, consentire.
harsh, asper, severus; harshly, aspere.
hasten, festinare, maturare.
hatch, excludere.
hate, (s.) odium; (v.) odisse; (pass.)
odio esse.
hateful, invisus, inimicus.
hatred, odium.
have, habere; have on, indui; have
to do with, rem esse cum.
head, caput; take into, in animum
inducere.
headlong, praeceps, effusus.
headquarters, praetorium.
health, valetudo, salus, sanitas.
healthy, sanus, salubris.
hear, audire, exaudire; of, rescire.
heart, cor; animus, ingenium; take
to (= embrace), amplecti.
heartily, valde.
heaven, caelum.
height, altitudo.
heir, heres.
help, (.) auxilium, praesidium, ops;
furnish, auxilium ferre; (v.) iuvare,
adiuvare; auxilio esse, auxiliari; suc-
currere.
hen, gallina.
hence, (of place) hinc; (of time) ad, ab-
hinc, ex quo; (logical) itaque.
herald, caduceator.
here, hie; ( hither) hue; here's, en.
hereafter, posthac.
hereditary, hereditarius.
Herod, Herodes.
hesitate, cunctari, dubitare.
hide, celare, occultare; operiri.
hie, se conferre; back, reflectere.
HieronymuS, Hieronymus.
high, altus, eximius; highest, also
summus; office, magistratus; po-
sition, fastigium.
highminded, magnanimus, magnificus.
high-priest, antistes.
highwayman, latro.
hill, collis, clivus.
hillock, tumulus.
Himera, Himera.
Himilco, Himilco.
hinder, impedire.
hindrance, impedimentum.
Hippias, Hippias.
hire, conducere.
his, suus, eius.
historian, historicus, scriptor rerum.
history, historia, historiae.
hit (= tally), quadrare.
hold, habere, tenere ; capere, continere ;
obtinere; out (= extend), porrigere;
(= endure), resistere; lay hold on,
apprehendere.
home, domus; at, domi; (adj.) do-
mesticus.
Homer, Homerus.
honor, (s.) honor, fides, praemium;
(v.) colere, ornare, observare.
honorable, honestus; honorably,
honeste.
hook, hamus.
hope, (s.) spes; (v.) sperare; for,
sperare.
hopeful, be, spem habere, bene
sperare.
horde, caterva.
horrible, atrox.
horse, equus.
Hortensius, Hortensius.
hospitality, hospitium, liberalitas.
hostile, infestus, hostilis.
hound, canis.
hour, hora.
house, aedes, domus, aedificium, tec-
turn; at the house of, apud.
household, domus, familia.
how, qui, quo modo; (with adj.) quam;
how much, quantum; no matter
harmonize injustice
159
how, use quivis or quantusvis; how
are you? quid agis?
however, quamquam, quamvis; utut.
human, humanus; being, homo,
humanity, humanitas.
humble, humilis; -origin, ignobili-
tas.
humor (v.), morern gerere.
hundred, centum; hundredth, cen-
tesimus.
hunger, fames.
hunt, venari; down, insectari.
hurl, iacere.
hurry, festinare, contendere; to, advo-
lare.
husband, vir, coniunx, maritus.
hush, conticescere.
hyena, hyaena.
I, ego.
Iberus, Iberus.
idle, piger; (of speech) vanus.
if, si; if only, modo, dummodo.
ignorance, ignorantia.
ignorant, nescius, ignarus; be, ig-
norare, nescium esse.
ill, (adj.) aeger, aegrotus, morbo im-
plicitus; fall ill, aegrotare; (adv.)
male.
ill-health, valetudo.
ill-luck, res adversae.
illness, valetudo.
illumine, illuminare.
image, imago.
imagine, opinari, sibi substituere.
imitate, imitari.
imitator, imitator.
immediately, statim.
immortal, immortalis, sempiternus;
immortal fame, immortalitas.
immortality, immortalitas.
impel, impellere.
impend, imminere, impendere.
impious, impius.
implicated, conscius.
implore, implorare.
important, gravis; less, minor.
importation, invectio.
impose, imponere.
imprecate, imprecari.
impudent, impudens.
in, in.
incautious, incautus, imprudens; in-
cautiously, incaute.
incite, impellere, incitare.
inclined to think, nescire an.dubitare
an.
inconsiderately, temere.
increase, crescere, augere.
incredible, incredibilis.
incurable, insanabilis, insuperabilis.
indebtedness, aes alienum.
indeed, quidem, equidem.
India, India.
indifferent, be, non curare,
indignant, be, indignari, indigne ferre.
indisposed, be, languescere.
individual, unus quisque, singulus;
often omitted.
indolent, iners.
indulge, indulgere.
inextricable, inextricabilis.
infantry, pedes, pedites.
inferior, inferior, humilis.
infirmity, infirmitas.
inflamed, incensus.
influence, auctoritas; have, valere.
influential, (some form of) amplus; be,
valere.
inform, certiorem facere, docere.
inhabitant, incola.
inhuman, inhumanus.
injure, laedere, nocere, obesse.
injury, iniuria; do, nocere.
injustice, iniustitia, iniuria.
i6o
VOCABULARY
ink, atramentum.
innate, innatus.
innocent, innocens.
innumerable, innumerabilis.
inquire, interrogare, quaerere.
insanity, insania.
insert, inserere.
insight, prudentia.
insist, instare.
inspect, inspicere.
inspire, (e.g. /ear) facere; inspired,
incensus.
instigate, impellere.
institutions, institutum.
instruct, docere, negotium dare,
instructions, praecepta.
insult, contumelia, iniuria.
intact, integer, incolumis.
integrity, integritas.
intellect, ingenium.
intelligence, nuntius.
intensely, mirabiliter.
intent, intentus.
intention, animus.
intercede, deprecari.
interest, (s.) commodum, utilitas; be
of, interesse, referre; with interest,
cumulate; to the interest of, ex;
(v.) movere.
interested in, be, curae esse.
intermit, intermittere.
interpret, accipere.
interrupt, intervenire.
intervene, intercedere.
intervention, intercessio, interventus.
interview, sermo.
intimacy, familiaritas.
intimate, familiaris; on intimate
terms, familiariter.
into, in.
intrenchment, vallum.
introduce, introducere.
intrust, credere, committere.
invest, circumsedere.
investigation, quaestio; without,
causa indicia, causa incognita; con-
duct, quaestionem ferre.
invitation, give, invitare.
invite, invitare.
Iphigenia, Iphigenia.
irascible, iracundus.
island, insula.
Isocrates, Isocrates.
issue, exitus.
Isthmus, Isthmus.
Italian, Italicus.
Italy, Italia.
javelin, telum.
jest, (s.) iocus; (v.) ludere.
join in battle, proelium committere,
manum conserere.
jostle, iactare.
jot, not a, nihil.
journey, iter.
joy, laetitia, gaudium.
joyful, laetus; be, gaudere.
judge, (s.) iudex; (v.) iudicare,
aestimare, arbitrari.
judgment, iudicium; give, iudicium
ferre, censere, iudicare.
judicial procedure, in, in iudicando.
Jugurtha, lugurtha.
Jupiter, Juppiter.
juryman, iudex.
just, Justus; (adv.) perinde, proinde,
non secus.
justice, iustitia; sometimes aequum.
justify, purgare.
keen, acer, acutus.
keep, tenere, retinere, tueri, asservare;
(= remain) se tenere; away from,
ink liberal
161
abstinere; back, prohibere, re-
servare, celare; free, conservare; out,
prohibere; from, retinere, celare;
together, continere ; Up, continuare ;
(promise) servare; (rr prevent) arcere,
prphibere; keep silent, silere.
kill, caedere, interficere, occidere.
kind, kindly, (adj.) benignus, bonus;
(s.) genus; often modus.
kindness, bonitas, beneficium.
king, rex.
kingdom, regnum.
knave, improbus.
knight, eques.
knot, nodus.
know, scire, cognovisse, novisse; not,
nescire, ignarum esse, ignorare.
knowledge, scientia.
known, notus; not, ignotus; well-,
vulgatus, sometimes combined with
tritus; make, vulgare, divulgare.
Labici, Labici.
Labienus, Labienus.
labor, labor.
Lacedaemonian, Lacedaemonius.
lack, (s.) desiderium; (v.) use deesse.
lacking, be, abesse, deesse.
lad, iuvenis.
laden, onustus.
lady, mulier.
Laelius, Laelius.
land, terra, ager; get to, appellere;
on land, (adj.) terrestris.
language, lingua, oratio, sermo, vox.
lap, sinus,
lash, verbera.
last, (adj.) novissimus, postremus, sum-
mus, supremus, ultimus; at last,
ad poetremum, postremo, tandem;
(v.) manere, esse.
lasting, diuturnus.
late, serus; later, often post; lately,
nuper, proxime; too late, sero.
Latins, Latini.
Latium, Latium.
laugh, ridere; at, deridere, irridere, ri-
dere.
law, lex, ius.
lay aside, ponere, deponere; down,
ponere, deponere, submittere; down
(office), se abdicare.
lead, ducere; away, deducere; (= in-
duce) impellere.
leader, princeps, dux; be, ducere.
leading man, princeps.
league, societas.
lean against, incumbere.
learn, discere, comperire; accipere, cer-
tiorem fieri; cognoscere.
learned, doctus, peritus, eruditus, con-
sultus.
least, (adv.) minime.
leave, relinquere; excedere, exire,
egredi, proficisci, sortiri; (by will)
legare; off, desinere.
lecture-room, auditorium.
left, laevus, sinister; (= remaining) reli-
quus.
legacy hunter, heredipeta.
legion, legio.
leisure, otium; be at, otiosum esse.
lend, mutuum dare; sometimes afferre.
length, at, tandem.
Lentulus, Lentulus.
Lepidus, Lepidus.
less, minus.
lessen, minuere, imminuere, levare.
let go, dimittere; let in, admittere; let
Slip, dimittere, praetermittere.
letter, litterae, epistula.
level, sternere.
Lewis, Ludovicus.
liberal, liberalis; liberally, libere.
162
VOCABULARY
liberality, liberalitas.
liberty, libertas.
Libyan, use gen. of Libya.
lictor, lictor.
lie, mentiri; iacere; torpid, torpere.
lieutenant, legatus.
life, vita ; often salus.
Ligarius, Ligarius.
light, lux; grow, lucescere; be, lucere.
light-armed, expeditus.
lighten, levare.
Ligurians, Ligures.
like, (adj.) similis; (adv.) tamquam;
(v.) diligere, velle, amare.
likely, verisimilis; seem, videri.
limb, membrum.
limit, finis, terminus.
line, (of battle) acies; (of march) agmen;
in, structus.
linger, cunctari.
list, litterae.
listen to, audire, auscultare.
literature, litterae.
little, parvus; too, parum.
live, vivere, habitare, esse; superstitem
esse.
living, (adj.) vivus; creature, animal;
(a.) victus.
load, cumulate, onerare.
loan, (.) mutuum; (v.) mutuum dare.
locate, locare.
locust, locusta.
lodgings, take, habitare.
lofty, excelsus.
long, (adj.) longus, diuturnus; (adv.)
diu, (with adv. of time) multo; longer,
diutius; for a long time, diu, iam
diu, in longum; as long as, quoad.
long for, desiderare, exoptare.
longing, desiderium.
look at, spectare ; back, respicere ; for,
quaerere, exspectare, sperare; in, in-
spicere; to, vereri; up, quaerere.
lop off, resecare.
lord, (s.) dominus; (v.) dominare.
lose, amittere, perdere; to be lost,
per ire.
loss, damnum, iactura; detrimentum,
caedes; feel, desiderare.
loudly, clare.
love, (.) amor, benevolentia ; (v.)
amare, diligere.
lovely, pulcher.
low, humilis, ignobilis; lower, inferior;
lay low, sternere.
low-born, ignobilis.
lower gods, inferi.
loyal service, obsequium.
loyalty, pietas, fides,
lucidly, lucide, dilucide.
LUCIUS, L., Lucius.
luck, fortuna; good, felicitas.
lucky , felix.
Lucretius, Lucretius.
LuCUlluS, Lucullus.
luncheon, prandium.
lust, cupiditas, libido, voluptas.
luxury, luxus, luxuria.
Lyons, of, Lugdunensis.
Lysander, Lysander.
Macedon, Macedonia; of, Macedo.
Macedonian, Macedonius; Macedo.
machinations, insidiae.
madness, insania, furor.
Maevius, Maevius.
magistracy, magistratus.
magnificent, magnificus, grandis.
Mago, Mago.
maiden, virgo.
mainland, continens.
maintain, aio.
make, facere, efficere, creare; for,
petere, repetere.
liberality Miltiades
163
malady, aegrotatio.
maltreat, violare.
Mamilius, Mamilius.
man, homo, vir; often is, quis, quisque,
etc. , or omit; (generic) homines ; y Oling
man, iuvenis; old man, senex; to a
man, ad unum.
manage, gerere, regere, administrare.
manifest, manifestus.
manifold, multiplex.
mankind, mortales.
Manlius, Manlius.
manly, virilis.
manner, modus.
many, multus, plures; good many,
plurimus; so many, tot; as many
as, tot . . . quot.
mar, deformare.
Marathon, of, Marathonius.
march, (s.) iter; be on the, adventare;
(v.) progredi, procedere, iter facere;
forth, out, egredi.
MarcelluS, Marcellus.
Marcus, M., Marcus,
maritime, maritimus.
Marius, Marius.
marriage, nuptiae.
married woman, mater familias.
many, nubere, uxorem ducere.
marvelous, admirabilis.
Masinissa, Masinissa.
mass, (s.) multitude; masses, multi-
tudo, vulgus, plebs; confused, turba;
(v.) conferre, congregare.
massacre, caedes.
master, dominus, erus, magister.
match, par.
material, materies.
maternal, maternus.
matron, matrona.
matter, (s.) res; decide, rem gerere; it
matters, refert.
may, use licet.
may be, forsitan.
meagre numbers, paucitas.
meal, mola.
mean, (adj.) sordidus; (v.) dicere.
meaning, vis.
meantime, meanwhile, interea, in-
terim.
measure, (.) modus; often res; (v.) me-
tiri.
meat (food), cibus.
medicine, medicina.
meditate, cogitare, consilium capere.
meditation, cogitatio.
meet, convenire, occurrere, obviam ire,
ob viam esse ; ad ; (death) oppetere ; (in
battle) concurrere.
meeting, (deliberative) concilium.
Megalensian, Megalensis.
memoir, commentarius.
memorable, memorabilis.
memory, memoria; in the memory
of men, post memoriam hominum.
mention, (s.) mentio; (v.) memorare T
nominare; by name, nominate,
merchant, mercator.
mercy, misericordia.
merely, modo.
message, nuntius.
Messana, Messana.
messenger, nuntius.
Metellus, Metellus.
Metrodorus, Metrodorus.
midnight, media nox.
midst, medius.
might, vis; with might and main,
summa vi.
mild, lenis, mitis; mildly, leniter.
mile, mille passus.
military, militaris; career, opera-
tions, militia; science, res militaris;
do military service, militare.
Milo, Milo.
Miltiades, Miltiades.
164
VOCABULARY
mind, animus, mens; make up one's
mind, statuere, decernere.
mingle, permiscere.
mischievous, perniciosus.
miserable, miser; (of character) deter-
rimus.
misery, miseria.
misfortune, incommodum, calamitas,
casus; res adversae.
miss, desiderare, requirere.
missing, error.
mission, legatio; res may often be used.
mistake, error; by, per errorem.
mistaken, be, errare, falli.
mistress, (= concubine) paelex, mere-
trix; (of household) domina; (of slaves)
era.
Mithridates, Mithridates.
mixed multitude, turba.
mob, the, vulgus.
moderate, modicus; moderately well,
mediocriter.
moderation, moderatio; inclined to,
moderatus.
modest, modestus.
modesty, modestia, pudor.
mollify, mitigare.
money, pecunia, argentum.
monstrous, nefarius.
month, mensis.
moon, luna.
morals, mores.
more, plus, amplius, magis.
most, (adj.) plurimi, plerique; (adv.)
maxime, plurimum, potissimum.
mother, mater,
mother-in-law, socrus.
motive, causa,
moulder, formator.
mound, tumulus.
mountain, mons.
mourn, lugere.
mourning, luctus.
move, movere, commovere; se movere,
se commovere; (forces) (pro)movere.
much, (adj.) multus; (adv.) magnopere;
very, magnopere; as much as, tan-
tus . . . quant us.
Mucius, Mucius.
mud, lutum.
multitude, multitude, vulgus, turba.
murder, caedes, nex.
murderer, homicida.
Murena, Murena.
murmur, murmur.
musician, musicus.
mute, mutus.
my, meus.
mystery, mysterium.
N
Naevius, Naevius.
naked, nudus.
name, (s.) nomen; (v.) nominare.
narrow, angustus; pass, angustiae.
nation, natio, gens, populus.
native, use patriae.
naturally, natura.
nature, natura, genus; of what, qualis.
naval, navalis.
navigation, navigatio.
navy, naves.
near, prope ; to come, adventare.
nearly, paene, fere, prope.
nearness, propinquitas.
neat, nitidus.
necessary, necesse; use opus.
necessity, necessitas.
need, egere; opus; often deesse.
neglect, neglegere.
neighbor, vicinus, alter, accola.
neither, neuter; neither ... nor,
neque . . . neque.
Nero, Nero.
Nervii, Nervii.
mind opportunity
i6 5
never, numquam.
nevertheless, tamen.
new, novus.
news, nuntius; get, certiorem fieri;
carry, nuntium adferre, renuntiare.
newspaper, acta diuma.
next, posterus, proximus.
night, nox ; -fall, principium noctis.
nine, novem.
no, nullus; no one, no man, nemo;
say no, negare ; in no way (with verb
'concern'), nihil.
nobility, nobilitas, nobiles.
noble, nobilis, clarus; nobles, opti-
mates.
noise, clamor, strepitus.
Nola, Nola.
none of = no.
Noricum, Noricum.
nose, nasus; broken, nasus conlisus.
not, non, baud.
note, litterulae, codicilli.
nothing, nihil.
notice, videre; give, pronuntiare.
notwithstanding, nihilominus.
novel, fabula.
now, nunc ; now . . . now, modo . . .
modo.
nowhere, nusquam.
Numa, Numa.
number, numerus; great number,
multitudo, multi; small number,
pauci ; a number, plures.
numerous, multus.
nurture, use alere.
oar, remus.
oath, ius iurandum, sacramentum.
obedience, oboedientia, obsequium.
obey, parere, oboedire.
Object, nolle.
obscurity, obscuritas, ignobilitas.
observe, contemplare, servare.
obstinate, pertinax.
obtain, adipisci, obtinere; consequi, su-
mere.
occasion, tempus, occasio.
OCCUpy, occupare, obsidere; be OCCU-
pied, versari.
OCCUr to one's mind, in mentem alicui
venire.
ocean, Oceanus.
of, de.
odium, invidia.
off, be, abesse.
offer, dare, deferre, offerre, praebere.
office, magistratus.
often, saepe; as often as, quoties.
old, vetus, antiquus; older, maior;
Oldest, eldest, maximus natu; in
the olden time, antiquitus; be. . .
years Old, . . . annos natum esse.
Old age, senectus; old man, senex; old
woman, anus, anicula.
omen, omen, ostentum.
omit, omittere, praetermittere.
on, de.
once, semel; (= formerly), olim, quon-
dam ; at, actutum, statim, e vestigio.
one, unus; no one, nemo; one or the
other, alteruter; one another, inter
se, nos, vos.
only, (adj.) solus, unus; (adv.) modo, so-
lum, tantum; if only, modo.
Open, (adj.) patens, apertus.
Open, (v.) solvere, aperire, resolvere;
be, patere.
Openly, aperte, palam.
opinion, sententia, opinio, iudicium;
form, have, existimare; give, iudi-
cium facere; give up, de opinione
decedere.
opponent, adversarius.
Opportunity, occasio, opportunitas;
give, offerre.
1 66
VOCABULARY
Oppose, opponere, adversari.
Opposite, contrarius, adversarius.
Oppress, opprimere, premere.
or, aut, an, vel.
Oracle, oraculum.
orator, orator.
Oratory, eloquentia.
ordain, sancire.
order, (.) (= rank) ordo; (= com-
mand) iussum, imperatum; give or-
ders, imperare; (v.) iubere.
origin, origo.
originate, oriri.
Other, alius; others, ceteri, reliqui; of
Others, alienus.
otherwise, aliter.
Othonian, Othonianus.
ought, debere, oportere, convenire.
our, noster.
out, out of, ex; to be, foras exire; out
of doors, foras.
Outbreak, intemperies.
outrage, indignitas, contumelia, iniuria.
Outsider, (ad/.) peregrinus.
overbearing, superbus.
overburdensome, pergravis.
overcome, vincere, superare.
Overhaul, consectari.
overjoyed, laetus.
overpower, opprimere.
overtake, consequi.
overthrow, (*.) pestis; (v.) evertere,
delere.
Overturn, evertere.
Overwhelm, opprimere.
owe, debere, oportere.
Owing to, be, fieri with Ablative.
Own, proprius; often a form of ipse.
Owner, dominus.
pacification, bring into, pacare.
pacify, pacare.
package, fasciculus.
pain, dolor.
paint, pingere.
painting, pictura, tabula.
palace, regia, palatium.
pale, be, pallere.
parasite, parasitus.
pardon, (s.) venia; (v.) ignoscere.
parent, parens.
part, pars; ( rdle) partes, persona;
parts, loca; for the most, plerum-
que, magna ex parte.
particular, proprius.
partisanship, studium.
party, (= faction) pars, partes; din-
ner-, cena.
pass, (s.) angustiae; be at a desperate,
magno discrimine nutare; come to,
evenire.
pass, (v.) transire; away, cedere; over,
transcendere, praetervehi; round,
circumferre; by, praetermittere, prae-
terire; (law) ferre; (time) agere or
(intr.) abire.
passage, transitus.
passing, transitus.
passion, libido.
past offences, ante actae res.
patient (sick), aeger, aegrotus.
patiently, patienter.
patrician, patricius.
patrimony, patrimonium.
patrol, obambulare.
pattern, exemplum, genus.
Paullus, Paullus.
pavilion, tabernaculum.
pay, numerare, persolvere; down, nu-
merare; attention, animum adhi-
bere, curationem adhibere; penalty
for, poenas dare, supplicia lucre.
peace, pax.
peculiar, proprius.
Peloponnesian, Peloponnesius.
oppose Porsena
penalty, poena, supplicium.
penny, use tantulum, tantillum.
people, homines, often omitted; (com-
mon) plebs; populus, gens.
perceive, intellegere, sentire, animad-
vertere, cernere, perspicere.
perch, devolare.
perchance, forte.
perform, fungi.
perhaps, fortasse, forsitan, forte.
Pericles, Pericles.
peril, periculum.
period, tempus.
Peripatetic, Peripateticus.
perish, perire, interire, exstingui.
permission, use voluntas; give, per-
mittere.
permit, permittere, sinere ; licere.
perpetual, perpetuus.
Perseus, Perseus.
persevere, perseverare.
Persia, Persia.
Persian, Persicus, Persa.
Persians, Persae.
persist, perseverare, instare.
person, homo; in, coram, ipse
perspicacious, perspicax.
persuade, suadere, persuadere; be per-
SUaded, persuasum habere.
pervade, pervadere.
perverseness, improbitas.
pestilential, pestiferus; region, pesti-
lentia.
Petelia, Petelia.
Peter, Petrus.
petition, postulatio.
petty, minutus.
Phaedria, Phaedria.
Pherecydes, Pherecydes.
Philip, Philippus.
Philistus, Philistus.
philosopher, philosophus.
philosophy, philosophia.
phrase, locutio; often omitted.
physician, medicus.
pick up, excipere.
picket, statio.
pierce, confodere.
pillow, pulvinum.
pilot, be, gubernare.
piracy, piratica.
pirate, pirata.
Piso, Piso.
pitch (camp), ponere, locare.
place, locus.
plague, (.) pestis; (v.) premere.
plain, campus.
plan, consilium.
plate, lamina.
Plato, Plato.
play, fabula; play-book, fabula.
plead, dicere, deprecari.
pleasant, suavis, iucundus.
please, placere.
pleasing, iucundus, gratus.
pleasure, voluptas; have, delectari.
pledge, pignus.
plots, insidiae; lay, insidiari.
plow, arare; around, circumarare.
pluck, vellere; out, evellere; Up, tol-
lere.
plunder, spoliare, praedari.
plunge (sword), deferre.
poem, carmen, poema.
poet, poeta.
poignant, gravis.
point, mucro.
poison, venenum.
polished, cultus, expolitus.
Pollio, Pollio.
ponder, pensare.
poor, pauper, tenuis; fellow, pauper,
popular, popularis, gratus.
popularity, gratia.
populous, celeber.
Porsena, Porsena.
1 68
VOCABULARY
portentous, may sometimes be ex-
pressed by quantus.
position, locus, status; high (= office),
dignitas, magistratus.
possess, possidere, habere, tenere;
one's self of, potiri.
possession, possessio; get, potiri, adi-
pisci; have, tenere; take, occupare,
sumere.
possible, to be, use posse.
post, collocare.
posterity, posteritas.
Postumus, Postumus.
potent, how, quantus.
potion, medicamentum.
pour out, fundere.
poverty, paupertas; be in, egere.
power, potestas, potentia; vis; (mili-
tary') imperium; have, posse.
powerful, potens, validus.
practical, utilis.
practice, usus.
practise highway robbery, latro-
cinari.
Praeneste, Praeneste.
praetor, praetor.
praise, (s.) laus, laudatio; (v.) lau-
dare.
pray, precari.
preach, canere.
precede, praecedere, ante esse.
precedent, exemplum.
preceding, superior.
precept, praeceptum.
prefect, praefectus.
prefer, malle, praeferre, praeponere,
anteponere.
preferable, potior.
preferment, honor.
preparations, make, parare.
prepare, prepare for, parare, prae-
parare; prepared, paratus.
prescribe, constituere, prescribere.
presence of, in the, use apud.
present, (adj.) hie, praesens; be, ad-
esse; (s.) donum; (v.) donare.
presently, mox.
preservation, conservatio.
preserve, conservare, servare.
preserver, conservator.
preside, praesidere.
press forward, contendere.
pretend, simulare.
prevail, vincere, expugnare; valere.
prevent, impedire, prohibere, officere
previous day, on the, pridie.
prey, praeda; of (adj.}, rapax.
priest, pontifex, sacerdos.
prince, princeps.
prison, career.
prisoner, captus, captivus.
private, privatus, familiaris; Soldier,
manipularis, miles.
privilege, privilegium.
privy, conscius.
proceed, pergere.
procession, agmen.
proconsul, proconsul.
procure, nancisci.
produce (= bring), afferre.
profane, profanus.
profess, profiteri.
progress, cursus, celerit as; rapid, ce-
leritas.
project, cogitare.
prolix, longus.
prolong, trahere, protrahere, proro-
gare.
promise, (s.) promissum; (v.) polliceri,
promittere; make, promittere.
proof, testimonium; (= type) speci-
men.
proper, legitimus, iustus, rectus; prop-
erly, also probe.
property, bona.
proposal, propositum.
portentous reach
169
propose, proponere; to one's Self, in-
tendere.
proscribe, proscribere.
prosperity, res bonae, res prosperae,
res secundae.
protect, arcere, tueri, protegere.
protection, salus, praesidium.
protest, testari.
prove, demonstrare, probare, osten-
dere.
provide, comparare, providere.
provided only, modo.
providence, providentia.
province, provincia.
provisions, frumeutum, commeatus.
provoke, provocare.
prudence, prudentia.
prudent, prudens; prudently, pru-
denter.
Prusias, Prusias.
public, (s.) populus; (adj.) publicus;
affairs, res publica.
publish, edere; be published, foras
prodire.
pull, trahere; down, destruere, de-
moliri; off, detrahere.
Punic, Poenus.
punish, punire, animadvertere, sup-
plicio afficere; be punished, poenas
dare.
punishment, poena, supplicium; in-
flict, punire.
purchase, emere.
pure, sanctus.
purpose, propositum; often .es is to be
used.
pursue, sequi, persequi.
pursuit, studium.
push, (war) parare; into, impingere;
on, (intr.) penetrare.
put, ponere; above, praeponere; be-
fore, praeferre; down, ponere, de-
ponere; off, differre; on, sumere,
induere; together, conficere, con-
ferre; under, subicere.
putting together, confectio.
Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus.
Pythagoras, Pythagoras.
quaestor, quaestor.
qualification (= character), ars.
quarrel, disceptatio.
quarry, lautumiae.
quarter, regio, locus; also use adverb.
queen, regina.
quickly, cito, celeriter.
quiet, (adj.) quietus; (v.) sedare;
grow, quiescere; keep, quiescere,
silere, tacere, reticere; make, sedare;
quietly, quiete.
Quintilian, Quintilianus.
Quintus, Q., Quintus.
quit, egredi, relinquere.
quiver with excitement, trepidare.
quoth, inquam.
rabble, vulgus.
race, genus, gens.
rage, ira.
rainstorm, imber.
raise, tollere, ferre, efferre; siege,
omittere.
rampart, vallum, agger,
rank, nobilitas, dignitas.
rapidity, celeritas.
rare, rarus, singularis; rarely, raro.
rascal, homo nequam.
rash undertaking, temere suscepta
res; rashly, temere.
rather, magis, potius.
ravage, populari, vastare.
raw, crudus; (=. fresh) novus.
reach, advenire, pervenire, venire;
I/O
VOCABULARY
attinere, attingere, consequi; after,
appetere.
read, legere; out, recitare; through,
perlegere.
readily, facile, cito.
ready, paratus, expeditus; be ready
to help, praesto esse; get, parare;
get one's self, se comparare.
reality, in, re vera.
really, re vera, hercule.
reap, metere.
rear, tergum.
rearing, educatio.
reason, ratio; causa.
rebel, deficere.
rebuke, castigare.
recall, revocare; agnoscere; (features)
agnoscere.
receive, accipere, recipere, excipere,
suscipere.
recent, recens; recently, nuper.
recline, recumbere.
recognize, noscere, cognoscere.
recommendation, commendatio ; of
(adj.), commendaticius.
reconcile, conciliare; be reconciled,
in gratiam redire.
reconnoitre, circumspectare, specu-
lari.
record, put on, litteris mandare.
recount, memorare; renumerare.
recover, recuperare, recipere.
recreant, be, prodere.
reduce, redigere, revocare.
refer, deferre, referre.
reflect, cogitare.
refrain, abstinere, sibi temperare, pro-
cul esse.
refuge, perfugium, receptum; take,
confugere; place of, perfugium, locus
ad fugam.
refuse, recusare, negare; refuse to
have, repudiare.
regard, aestimare, ducere, habere, ar-
bitrari ; to have regard, vereri ; with
regard to, de; (= love) deligere.
regiment, agmen.
region, regio, locus, ager.
regret, dolere, paenitere.
regular, use ars, or sometimes iustus.
regulator, moderator.
Regulus, Regulus.
reign, (v.) regnare; (s.) regnum.
rein, (s.) habena; (v.) in, sustinere.
reinforcement, auxilium.
rejoice, gaudere, laetari.
relate, dicere, memorare, referre.
relation, status.
relax, cessare.
release, laxare.
relegate, relegare.
relieve, levare, liberare.
relinquish, relinquere.
rely, confidere, fidere.
remain, manere, remanere, permanere;
superesse.
remark, (s.) dictum; (v.) dicere; make
Counter, contra disputare.
remedy, medicina, remedium; em-
ploy, mederi.
remember, meminisse.
remind, monere, admonere.
remit, remittere.
remove, amovere, removere, auferre,
tollere.
rend, scindere.
render, reddere.
renew, renovare, redintegrare, reparare.
renown, gloria.
renowned, clams.
repay, reddere.
repeatedly, identidem.
repel, propulsare.
reply, respondere.
report, (v.) profiteri, deferre, renun-
tiare; denuntiare; (s.) fama.
read run
171
representative, legatus.
reprimand, increpare.
repudiate, repudiate.
repulse, repellere.
reputable, honestus.
reputation, fama, laus.
request, orare.
require, quaerere; cogere.
rescue, liberare.
resemble, similem esse.
resentment, dolor.
reserve, servare, reservare; relin-
quere.
resign, deponere; se abdicare.
resist, resistere, arcere.
resolve, statuere, constituere, decer-
nere; placere.
resources, opes.
respect, (s.) genus, res; (v.) vereri,
respicere; respected, ornatus.
respective, use suum quisque.
response, responsum.
rest, (adj.) ceteri, reliquus; (.) quies;
(v.) quiescere.
restore, reficere, restituere, reddere.
restrain, retinere, attinere, temperare.
result, eventus, eventum.
retain, asservare, retinere.
retard, morari.
retire, regredi, cedere.
retort, referre.
retreat, perfugium.
return, (.) reditus; (v.) redire, reverti;
(= give back) reddere.
reveal (= relate), narrare.
reverence, colere.
reverse, detriment um, incommodum,
adversa pugna.
revive, (= repeat) repetere; (= renew)
excitare.
revolt, deficere.
revolution, res novae,
revolutionist, malus is sufficient.
reward, praemium.
rewrite, rescribere.
Rhine, Rhenus.
Rhodes, Rhodes.
rich, dives, locuples, opulentus; (of
dishes) opimus.
rid, get rid of, tollere e medio, ponere.
ridicule, der'dere.
ridiculous, ridiculus.
right, (adj.) iustus, aequus, fas; some-
times rectus; (of direction) dexter;
hand, dextera; it is, oportet; deem,
videri.
right (.), ius; rightly, iure.
rigor, severitas.
ring, anulus.
riotOUS, turbidus.
river, flumen, fluvius, amnis.
road, via, iter.
roam, vagari.
rob, rapere, orbare, volare.
robber, latro, praedo.
rod, virga.
role, persona.
Roman, Romanus.
Rome, Roma.
Romulus, Romulus.
Roscius, Roscius.
rouse, incitare, hortari; incendere.
rout, fundere.
rower, remex.
royal, regius.
ruffled, peturbatus.
ruin, (.) interitus; (v.) perdere.
ruinous, exitiosus.
rule, (.) imperium; (v.) regnare, admi-
nistrare.
ruler, moderator, rector.
Rullus, Rullus.
rumor, fama; rumor,
run, currere, fugere; against, incur-
rere; out, excurrere; through
(trans.), transfodere.
172
VOCABULARY
rush forth, se eicere ; up, advolare.
Rutilius, Rutilius.
Sabine, Sabinus.
sack, direptio.
sacred, sacer.
sacrifice, (s.) sacrificium; (v.) immo-
lare, sacrificare, mactare.
safe, securus, incolumis, tutus,
safety, salus; in, salvo capite.
Saguntines, Saguntini.
Saguntum, Saguntum.
sail, navigare, vehi.
sailor, nauta.
Sake of, for, propter, causa.
Salamis, Of, Salaminius.
sally, eruptio, excursio.
Salutary, salutaris.
salute, salutare.
salvation, salus.
same, idem; at the same time, often
simul; in the same way, similiter.
Samnites, Samnites.
sanctuary, cella, templum.
Sardinian, Sardus.
satisfaction, demand, res repetere.
savage, ferox; -temper, ferocitas.
save, servare, reservare; (citadel) libe-
rare.
say, dicere, loqui.
saying, dictum.
Scaevola, Scaevola.
scantiness, exiguitas.
scanty, exiguus.
scarcely, vix; scarcely any one,
nemo fere.
Scatter, dissipare.
ScauniS, Scaurus.
scholar, discipulus.
School, schola.
science, scientia.
scimitar, acinaces.
Scipio, Scipio.
scoundrel, improbus; homo is often
sufficient.
SCOUt, (= despise) aspernari.
Scream, vociferare.
Scrupulously, diligenter.
SCUttle, perforare.
Scythian, Scytha.
Sea, mare; -coast, ora maritima;
-farer, nauta; -fight, naumachia;
hold a sea-fight, naumachiam corn-
mitt ere.
seal, (s.) sigillum; (v.) sigillum impo-
nere.
season, tempus.
Seat, (s.) domicilium; (v.) ponere.
secession, secessio.
seclusion, secessus
Second, alter, secundus; time, iter-
um.
Secret, arcanus, secretus.
secretly, clam.
section, regio.
secular, saecularis.
security, vades.
see, videre, cernere, conspicere, (a show)
spectare; clearly, perspicere; See to
it, videre.
Seek, petere, repetere, quaerere; out,
after, petere, expetere.
Seem, videri.
seer, vates.
seize, capere, rapere; occupare, pre-
hendere; corripere.
Select, legere, eligere.
Self, ipse.
Self-restraint, continentia, abstinentia.
Seller, venditor.
Senate, senatus; -house, curia.
Senator, senator; choose, legere in
senatum.
send, mittere; ahead, praemittere;
rush situated
173
away, dimittere; for, arcessere,
accire; out, emittere.
sense, prudentia; sense of honor,
honestum; come to senses, resipi-
scere.
sensible, prudens.
sentry, vigil.
separate, dirimere, separate.
serious, gravis, serius; seriously,
sermon, praeceptum.
Servant, servus, puer; be, servire.
Serve, servire ; (of a soldier) militare.
Service, opera, meritum; loyal, ob-
sequium.
serviceable, utilis; be, usui esse.
servitude, servitus.
Sestius, Sestius.
Set, ponere; before, ponere, proponere-
down, ponere, statuere ; forth, expo;
nere, demonstare; out, proficisci, sor-
tiri; up, ponere.
settle, conficere; diiudicare.
seven, septem; seventh, septimus.
seventy, septuaginta.
several, aliquot.
severe, gravis; less, levior; severely,
graviter.
Severity, gravitas.
Shades, inferi.
shadow, umbra,
shameful, turpis.
shapely, formosus.
share, partiri, communicare.
sharer, socius.
shatter, diminuere.
sheep, ovis, pecus.
shepherd, pastor, opilio.
shield, scutum, clipeus.
Ship, navis, navigium.
shirt, tunica interior.
Shock, offendere.
shoot, conicere.
shore, litus.
short, brevis; time, paulisper, pa-
rumper.
shout, clamare; in protest, reclamare.
show, (s.) spectaculum; give, exhibit,
spectaculum edere; (v.) praebere,
significare, confirmare; docere, os-
tendere; prae se ferre; gratitude,
(by action) referre; itself, exsistere.
Shrewdness, prudentia.
shut, operire, occludere.
Sicily, Sicilia.
sick, aeger, aegrotus; be, aegrotare.
sickness, aegrotatio, morbus.
Sicyon, Sicyon; of, Sicyonius.
side, latus, pars; ( party) partes; OH
the one side, hinc; at one's side,
use consessor.
siege, obsidio, oppugnatio; begin, use
verbs; endure, oppugnari; lay, op-
pugnare; raise, omittere obsidionem.
siege-WOrks, munitiones.
sight, conspectus; catch, aspicere,
conspicere.
Sign, signare.
signal, signum.
Silence, silentium ; in, tacitus.
silent, tacitus; be, keep, tacere, silere.
silliness, insulsitas, ineptia.
silly, ineptus, insulsus; (note) litterae
insulse scriptae; be, desipere.
silver, (adj.) argenteus; (s.) argentum.
simple, simplex.
simpleton, stultus.
sin, peccatum, impietas; commit, use
peccare.
since, quod, quia, etc.
sing, cantare.
singer, cantor,
singular, singularis.
sister, soror.
sit, sit Still, sedere.
situated, situs, positus.
174
TOCABULARY
situation, situs; fortuna.
six, sex.
sixty, sexaginta.
skill, peritia, prudentia, ars.
skilled, peritus.
Sky, caelum.
slaughter, (v.) interficere.
slave, servus, mancipium; be a, ser-
vire.
slavery, servitus.
Slay, caedere, interficere, necare.
Sleep, (*.) somnus; (v.) dormire, incu-
bare.
slight, parvus, exiguus; slightly,
leviter.
Slip away, dilabi, elabi; out, elabi.
Slough, vorago.
small, parvus, modicus, humilis, minu-
tus.
smite, percutere.
Snake, anguis, serpens.
Snatch, rapere; untimely, praeripere.
sneeringly, per iocum.
SnOW, nix.
SO, tarn, sic, ita, adeo, itaque; SO great,
SO much, tantus; and SO, itaque;
so ... as, so much ... as, tam . . .
quam; so many, tot.
Socrates, Socrates.
sofa, lectulus.
soil, solum.
solace, solatium.
soldier, miles.
solecism, soloecismus.
solitude, solitudo.
Solon, Solon.
Some, aliquis, quis, nonnullus; quidarn;
-day, aliquando; -distance, aliquan
tisper; -thing, aliquid, quid; -times,
aliquando, interim; -what, nonnihil,
aliquantum; -where, nescio quo;
-body or Other, nescio quis; -how
or other, nescio quo modo; -time
or other, nescio quando, aliquan-
do.
son, films; son-in-law, gener.
Song, cantus, carmen.
SOOn, cito, celeriter, statim; paulo; mox.
SOOthe, mulcere.
sorry, one is, paenitet.
sort, of what, qualis.
SOul, animus.
sovereignty, summa imperil.
SOW, serere, sementem facere.
Space, spatium.
Spain, Hispania.
spare, parcere.
Speak, dicere, loqui.
spear, hasta, telum.
special, praecipuus.
Spectacle, spectaculum.
Spectator, spectator.
Speech, oratio, eloquentia; make,
orationem habere.
speed, celeritas.
Speedily, cito, confestim, celeriter,
propere.
Spend, impendere, erogare; ponere.
Spirit, animus ; spirits, also animi.
Spoil, make, spoliare.
Spot, on the, ilico, extemplo.
Spring, oriri; up, also exsistere.
sprinkle, aspergere; upon, inspergere.
Spy Out, scrutari.
Stab, percutere, confodere.
stadium, stadium.
Staff (of a general), consilium.
Stain, aspergere.
stained, maculosus.
Stand, stare, esse, se habere; Stand in
Way, obstare; take Stand, consis-
tere.
Start, proficisci.
Starvation, inedia.
State, (s.) res publica, civitas; (= con-
dition) condicio, status; (v,) tradere,
situation support
175
dicere, explicate; of the State, pub-
licus; by the State, publice.
Statement, enuntiatio.
station, locus.
statue, statua, signum.
stature, statura.
Stay, manere, residere, quiescere.
stead, in, pro.
steady, assiduus.
Steel, use ferrum.
Steep, (v.) inficere.
Step OUt, progredi.
Stephanus, Stephanus.
Stick, haerere.
Still, (adv.) etiam, etiamtum, adhuc;
tamen, nihilominus.
Stipulate, pacisci; be Stipulated, con-
venire.
Stir, se movere; Up, incitare.
Stoic, Stoicus.
Stone, saxum, lapis.
Stop, cessare, consistere.
Storehouse, thesaurus.
Storm, tempestas, procella; (= siege)
expugnatio; take by, expugnare.
Story, fabula, narratio, narratiuncula ;
often res.
Straits, angustiae.
Strange, externus.
stratagem, dolus.
street, via.
Strength, vis, vires; also robur.
strengthen, stabilire.
Strife, certanien, dissensio.
Strike, ferire; out for, petere.
Strip, nudare.
Strive, contendere, niti, coniti.
Strong, validus.
struggle, (s.) certamen; (v.) luctari.
Study, (s.) studium; (v.) studere.
Stumble, oflfendere, incidere.
stupidity, stultitia.
Style, oratio, genus dicendi.
Subdue, domare, superare.
subject, (adj.) subiectus; (v.) subicere.
subjugate, subigere, domare, subiu-
gare.
Sublician, Sublicius.
subsequently, subinde.
substitute, subicere.
subvert, subvertere.
succeed, succedere, imperio succe-
dere.
Success, successus.
Successful, secundus, felix.
successor, be, in locum alicuius succe-
dere.
SUCCOr, succurrere.
SUCCUmb, succumbere.
such, (of quality) talis, is, ille; Such . . .
as, talis . . . qualis; (of extent) tantus,
tantum with gen., ita, adeo.
Sudden, necopinatus, subitus, repen-
tinus.
Suddenly, subito, repente.
Suetonius, Suetonius.
Suffer, pati, condolere, laborare, acci-
pere; (= permit) pati, permittere,
sinere.
suffering, aegritudo.
sufficient, satis; sufficiently, satis,
suicide, commit, mortem sibi con-
sciscere.
Suit, convenire.
Suitable, idoneus.
Suite, consilium.
Sulla, Sulla.
SulpiciuS, Sulpicius.
summer, aestas.
Summon, appellare, advocare, excitare,
evocare.
sun, sol.
sunset, solis occasum.
superabundance, abundantia.
superfluous, supervacuus.
support, sustinere, subire.
176
VOCABULARY
Support, (enthusiastic) studium; VOte
in, suffragari.
Suppose, opinari, arbitrari; sperare.
Supremacy, dominatus.
sure, be, use scire.
Surname, cognomen.
surpass, praestare, superare, ante-
cedere.
Surprise, opprimere.
surrender, (.) deditio; (.) se dedere,
se permittere, se tradere.
Surround, circumdare, cingere, circum-
venire, circumsistere.
Survive, superstitem esse, superesse.
Suspect, suspicari, suspicere.
Suspicion, suspicio; have, suspicari.
Sustain, sustinere.
Swallow, hirundo.
Swarm, examen; often vis.
Sway, imperium.
Swear, iurare.
sweet, dulcis.
swift, celer.
SWim, nare; across, tranare.
SWOrd, gladius, ferrum; in contrasts,
ferrum. -
syllable, syllaba.
Syphax, Syphax.
Syracusan, Syracusanus.
Syracuse, Syracusae.
Syria, Syria.
tablet, tabula.
take, sumere, ducere, deducere, perdu-
cere, tollere; away, auferre, adimere,
detrahere, tollere; out, abducere;Up,
capere, perducere, (arms) movere;up
again, resumere; (side, course) uti,
sequi; (meat) adhibere; take pOSSCS-
sion of, potiri, capere; take stand,
consistere; city, capere, expugnare;
prisoner, capere.
talent, talentum.
talk, loqui.
tame, domare.
tardily, tarde.
Tarentine, Tarentinus.
Tarquinii, Tarquinii.
Tarquinius, Tarquinius.
Tarracina, Tarracina.
tarry, morari, manere.
task, negotium.
teach, docere, profiteri.
tear, lacrima; with tears, lacrimans.
tear down, diruere.
tedious, longus.
tell, dicere, narrare, enarrare, indicare
prodere, referre.
temple, templum.
tempt, sollicitare.
ten, decem ; ten each, deni.
tender, tener.
Tennyson, Tennysonius.
tent, tabernaculum.
Terentius, Terentius.
terms, condiciones; on intimate,
familiariter.
terrible, atrox.
terrified, territus, perterritus, expave-
factus.
terror, terror, pavor.
test, experimentum.
testimony, testimonium ; give, dicere
testimonium.
than, quam.
thank, gratias agere.
thankless, ingratus.
that, is, ille, iste; ut, quod, quin, object
clause.
the . . . the, quo . . . eo, quanto . . .
tanto.
theatre, theatrum.
their, suus, eorum.
Themistocles, Themistocles.
then, turn.
support trustiness
177
therefore, igitur.
Thermopylae, Thermopylae.
thing, res, or neut. pron.
think, putare, reri, cogitare; censere,
ducere; aestimare, existimare, arbi-
trari; sentire, habere; best, good,
videri, placet; of, cogitare; out, ex-
cogitare.
third, tertius.
thirsty, be, sitire.
thirty, triginta.
this, is, hie.
thought, cogitatio.
thousand, mille; pi., milia.
Thrace, Thracia.
Thracians, Thraces.
threaten, minari ;impendere, imminere,
portendi.
three, tres; -days, triduum; -times,
ter; -hundredth, tricentesimus.
threshold, limen.
throat, fauces, guttur.
throne, imperium; often regnum.
throw, iacere; away, abicere, proicere.
thrust upon, ingerere; thrust (sword),
adigere.
Thucydides, Thucydides.
Tiber, Tiberis.
tidhlgS, nuntius; bring, nuntiare.
tie (of relationship), necessitudo.
tiger, tlgris.
time, tempus, otium; at the right, in
tempore; at that, turn; in time of,
in; up to this, adhuc.
timid, timidus.
Titan, Titan,
to, ad, in.
to-day, hodie.
toil, (s.) labor; (v.) laborare.
too, nimis, oppido; ( = also) una, etiam,
quoque.
top, cacumen, summus.
torch, taeda.
torment, cruciare.
torpid, lie, torpere.
TorquatUS, Torquatus.
torture, (s.) cruciatus, tormentum; (v.)
cruciare, conficere.
toward, adversus, in ... versus,
tower, turris.
town, oppidum, urbs.
trace, vestigium ; no, nihil.
track OUt, investigare.
trade, mercatura.
train, docere, instituere.
traitor, proditor.
transcend, excedere.
transport, adducere, traducere.
travel abroad, peregrinari.
treason, patriae parricidium, impietas.
treasury, aerarium, gaza.
treat, tractare, uti.
treatise, commentarius.
treatment, curatio; in, in curando.
treaty, foedus.
Trebellius, Trebellius.
tree, arbor.
trial, make, experiri.
tribe, genus, tribus, gens.
tribune, tribunus.
trifle, res levissima.
trifling, levis; sometimes quantulus-
cumque.
trireme, triremis.
triumph, (.) triumphus; (v.) trium-
phare.
triumvir, triumvir.
troops, copiae ; often simply poss. pron.
trouble, (s.) molestia, negotium; (v.)
turbare; sorely, perturbare.
troublesome, molestus.
truce, indutiae.
true, verus; truly, vere.
trust, (s.) fides, fiducia; (v.) confidere,
credere,
trustiness, fides.
178
VOCABULARY
truth, veritas, verum.
try, conari, niti; tentare, contenders;
(plan) uti; (fortune) experiri.
TuditanuS, Tuditanus.
tumult, tumultus.
turbulent, turbulentus.
turn, vertere, flectere, se commovere,
se convertere ; ( = change) convertere ;
away, avertere; back, tergum dare
or vertere, se avertere; out, eicere;
accidere, contingere, evenire, esse;
Out false, in f alsum convertere ; Over,
tradere.
Turpio, Turpio.
Tusculan, Tusculanus.
tutor, praeceptor.
twenty, viginti.
two, duo.
tyranny, tyrannis.
tyrant, tyrannus.
Tyre, Tyros.
Tyrian, Tyrius.
unable, be, non posse.
unaccustomed, insuetus.
unacquainted, imperitus, expers.
unanimously, omnium suffragiis.
unarmed, inermis.
unavailing, cassus.
unbecoming, foedus.
unbidden, iniussus.
unblemished, sanctus.
unbounded, infinitus.
unceasing, perpetuus.
uncertain, incertus.
uncle, avunculus, patruus.
under, sub.
undergo, ferre, pati, capere.
understand, intellegere, tenere.
undertake, suscipere, adoriri.sustinere.
Undertaking, conatum, res susce^ta.
unequalled, singularis.
unexampled, sine exemplo.
unexpected, unsuspecting, inopina-
tus.
unfavorable, iniquus.
unfortunate, miser.
unfriendly, inimicus.
unhappy, infelix.
unharmed, incolumis.
unheard, causa indicta.
unheard Of, inauditum.
unite, coniungere, colligere.
Unjust, iniustus, iniquus; unjustly, in-
iuste, inique.
unknown, ignotus.
unless, nisi, praeter.
Unlike, dissimilis.
unlucky, (adj.) infelix; (adv.) male.
unoccupied, liber,
unprincipled, improbus.
Unroll, replicare.
un terrified, interritus.
until, dum, donee; ad.
untimely, immaturus.
Untouched, intactus.
unwilling, be, nolle,
unworthy, indignus.
upright, rectus.
Urge, adducere, impellere, admonere,
censere.
use, (s.) usus; opus; make, uti; (v.) uti;
up, abuti.
used, to be, solere.
useful, utilis.
useless, imitilis.
usual, usitatus, sollemnis; usually, use
solere.
Utica, Utica.
Utter, eloqui.
V
vain, inanis; in, nequiquam, frustra.
Valerius, Valerius.
truth weigh
179
valiant, impiger, fortis.
valid, iustus.
valor, virtus.
valuable, pretiosus.
value, (s.) pretium, utilitas; often omit-
ted; (v.) aestimare, ducere.
vanquish, devincere, vincere.
various, varius, diversus.
varlet, homo.
Varro, Varro.
vast, ingens.
Veii, Veil.
Velleius, Velleius.
vengeance, ultio; take, ulcisci.
venture, audere.
Vergil, Vergilius.
Verginius, Verginius.
Verres, Verres.
verse, versus.
very, admodum, oppido, valde.
Vessel, vas; ( ship) navis.
vestibule, vestibulum.
Vibius, Vibius.
vice, vitium.
viciOUS, vitiosus.
victim, victima.
victor, victorious, victor; be, vin-
cere.
victory, victoria; gain, often vincere.
view, conspectus; have, take, sentire,
put are.
Vigilance, vigilantia.
village, vicus.
violence, vis, violentia.
violent, violens, turbidus.
virtue, virtus.
vision, visus.
visit With, (punishment) afficere.
vitals, viscera.
Vitellius, Vitellius.
voice, vox.
Volscians, Volsci.
volume, tomus, volumen.
voluntary, voluntarius.
VOW, vovere, devovere.
W
wage, gerere, inferre.
wake, expergefacere, excitare.
wailing, eiulatus.
waist, medius.
Wait, exspectare, opperiri ; for, exspec-
tare.
walk, ambulare, incedere.
wall, murus, rnoenia.
wander, errare.
wane, senescere.
want, (s.) inopia; (v.) cupere, velte, de-
siderare; not, nolle,
war, bellum; make, bellum inferre.
ward off, avertere, arcere, defendere,
pellere, prohibere.
warlike, bellicus, bellicosus.
warn, monere, admonere, commonere,
denuntiare.
waste, terere; lay waste, vastare.
watch, (s.) vigilia; (v.) vigilare, obser-
vare.
water, aqua; -supply, aqua,
watered, aquosus.
wavering, anceps.
way, modus; iter, via; make, se con-
ferre; give, inclinare; such a, this,
ita.
ways, instituta.
Weak, invalidus, debilis.
Weakness, infirmitas; vitium.
weal, salus.
wealth, divitiae.
wealthy, locuples.
weapon, ferrum, telum.
Wear OUt, fatigare.
weep, lacrimare, flere.
weeping, fletus.
Weigh, pendere, pensare; perpendere.
1 8o
VOCABULARY
weight, have, valere ; be of less, levius
esse.
welcome, gratus, optatus.
welfare, salus; public, res publica.
Well, bene; get, convalescere.
Well-constituted, bonus, bene con-
stitutus, sanus.
well-doing, beneficentia.
what, quid, quod; (adj.) quis, qui;
-ever, quisquis.
when, quando, cum, ubi; quo die.
whence, quo.
whenever, si quando, quandocutnque.
whereas, autem; quod, cum.
wherever, quacumque.
whether, utrum, -ne, an; num;
whether ... or, sive . . . sive.
which, qui, uter; party, utri.
while, a little, parumper.
whither, ubi, quo.
whithersoever, quocumque, quo.
who, quis, qui.
whole, totus, omnis.
wholesome, salubris.
why, cur, quare.
Wicked, improbus, nefarius, impius.
Wickedness, improbitas.
wife, uxor.
will, voluntas, arbitrium ; testamentum
or tabulae,
willing, be, velle; often libenter with
the verb.
willingly, libenter.
Win, allicere, conciliare; ( = obtain)
potiri; over, conciliare.
wind, ventus.
wine, vinum.
Winged, volucer.
Winter, (adj.) hibernus; (.) hiems.
winter-quarters, hiberna.
Wipe out, delere.
Wisdom, sapientia, eruditio, consilium.
Wise, sapiens; wisely, sapienter.
wish, (s.) voluntas; (v.) velle, optare.
With, cum; una.
Within, intra.
withdraw, cedere, se recipere, dece-
dere, secedere, recedere, se subtra-
here, se conferre, abducere, reducere,
retro reducere, concedere; also dese-
rere.
Without sine; be, carere; from with-
out, extrinsecus.
withstand, sustinere.
witness, testis.
woman, mulier, femina.
Womanly, muliebris.
Wonder, use mirum.
Wonder (at), mirari, admirari ; wonder
very much, demirari.
Wonderful, mirabilis.
WOnt, mos, consuetude; be, solere.
Word, vox, verbum ; few words, often
pauca; of honor, fides; bring, nun-
tiare; bring back, renuntiare.
WOrk, (s.) opus, opera; (v.) laborare;
Up, (intr.) eniti.
world, mundus, orbis terrarum; in
world, (with superl.) omit.
worry, be worried, angi.
worse, be, peius agere, graviorem esse.
worship, colere.
worth, virtus.
worthy, dignus.
WOUnd, vulnus.
wreath, corona,
wretch, miser.
wretched, miser.
write, scribere, litteras dare; back, re-
scribere.
wrong, iniuria; -doing, iniuria; do,
iniuria afficere, peccare.
Xenophon, Xenophon.
Xerxes, Xerxes,
weight Zopyrus
181
year, annus.
yesterday, hesterna dies; of yester-
day, hesternus.
yet, tamen; as yet, adhuc; not yet,
nondum.
yield, cedere.
yoke, iugum.
you, tu.
young, (adj.) iuvenis; man, iuvenis,
adulescens; (.) (of animals) sub-
oles.
your, tuus, vester.
youth, adulescentia, iuventus; ( =:
young man) iuvenis, adulescens.
Zeal, studium.
Zeno, Zeno.
Zopyrus, Zopyrus.
SUMMAEY OF THE SYNTACTICAL
REFERENCES IN THE NOTES
204. The subject may be a substantive or a pronoun, or. some other
word, phrase, or clause used as a substantive.
N. 5. In Latin the Plural of abstract substantives occurs more
frequently than in English. Pluralizing abstract substantives
often makes them concrete.
N. 6. Other plural expressions are : nives, snow (flakes); ligna,
(logs of) wood ; carnes (pieces of) meat, and the like.
208. i. Verbs pertaining to the state of the weather are regularly used
impersonally.
2. The passive of intransitive verbs is often used impersonally ; so
regularly of verbs which in the active are construed with the Dative.
214. The Passive voice denotes that the subject receives the action of
the verb. The instrument is put in the Ablative, the Agent in the Abla-
tive with a (ab).
R. 1. Intransitive verbs of passive signification are construed
as passives.
R. 2. When the instrument is considered as an agent or the
agent as an instrument the constructions are reversed.
217. Intransitive verbs must be used impersonally in the passive.
218. Reflexive relations, when emphatic, are expressed as in English ;
but when the reflexive relation is more general the passive (middle) is
employed.
219. As the active is often used to express what the subject suffers
or causes to be done, so the passive in its reflexive (middle) sense is often
used to express an action which the subject suffers or causes to be done
to itself.
221. Reciprocal relations (' one another ') are expressed by inter, among,
and the personal pronouns nos, vos, se.
228. The Present is sometimes used in anticipation of the future,
chiefly in compound sentences.
230. The Present is used of actions that are continued into the. present,
especially with iam, iam diu, iam dudum. In English we often translate
by a Progressive Perfect.
233. The Imperfect is used of attempted and interrupted, intended
and expected actions (Imperfect of Endeavor). It is the tense of Disap-
pointment, and, with the negative, of Resistance io Pressure,
SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES 183
N. 1. The Imperfect as the Tense of Evolution is a Tense of
Vision. But in English Imperfect and Historical Perfect coincide:
hence the various translations to put the reader in the place of
the spectator.
238. Habeo or teneo, / hold, I have, with the Accusative of the Perfect
Participle passive, is not merely a circumlocution, but lays peculiar
stress on the maintenance, of the result.
244. The Future Perfect is the Perfect, both Pure and Historical, trans-
ferred to the future, and embraces both completion and attainment.
R. 1. When the Perfect is used as a Present, the Future Perfect
is used as a Future.
R. 2. The Latin language is more exact than the English in the
use of the Future Perfect.
R. 3. The Future Perfect is frequently used in volo, nolo, possum,
licet, libet, placet ; whereas the English idiom familiarly employs the
Present.
R. 4. The Future Perfect in both clauses denotes simultaneous
accomplishment or attainment: one action involves the other.
248. The periphrases futumm esse (more often fore) ut, futurum fuisse ut,
with the Subjunctive, are very commonly used to take the place of the
Future Infinitive Active. In the Passive they are more common than
the Supine with iri.
252. .The Roman letter-writer not unfrequently puts himself in the
position of the receiver, more especially at the beginning and at the end
of a letter.
254. The Indicative Mood represents the predicate as a reality.
R. 1. The Latin language expresses possibility and power, obliga-
tion and necessity, and abstract relations generally as facts ; whereas
our translation often implies the failure to realize.
R. 2. The Imperfect as the Tense of Disappointment is some-
times used in these verbs to denote opposition to a present state of
things : debebam, / ought (but do not) ; poteras, you could (but do not).
257. i. The Potential Subjunctive represents the opinion of the
speaker as an opinion. The tone varies from 'may' and 'might' to
'must.' The negative is non.
2. The Potential of the Present or Future is the Present or Perfect
Subjunctive.
258. The Potential of the Past is the Imperfect Subjunctive, chiefly in
the Ideal Second Person.
271. 2. Cave and cave (caveto) ne, beware lest, with the Subjunctive,
and noli, be unwilling, with the Infinitive, are circumlocutions for the
Negative Imperative (Prohibitive).
281. i. The Present Infinitive represents contemporaneous action.
184 SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES
2. The Perfect Infinitive represents prior action.
N. Memini, / remember, when used of personal experience, com-
monly takes the Present Infinitive. So also rarely memoria teneo,
recorder, / remember, and fugit me, I do not remember. When the
experience is not personal, the ordinary construction (past) is fol-
lowed.
291. i. When the attribute is emphatic, it is commonly put before the
substantive ; otherwise, in classical Latin ordinarily after it.
R. 1. Variation in the position of the adjective often causes
variation in. the meaning of the word.
R. 2. Superlatives which denote order and sequence in time and
space are often used partitively, and then generally precede their
substantives.
294. The ordinals are used more often in Latin than in English ;
sometimes also for the cardinals with a carelessness that gives rise to
ambiguity.
296. The Comparative degree generally takes a term of comparison
either with quam, than, or in the Ablative.
R. 4. Quam is often omitted after plus, amplius, more, and minus,
less, and the like, without affecting the construction.
297. The Standard of Comparison may be omitted when it can be sup-
plied : i, by the context ; 2, by the usual or proper standard ; 3, by
the opposite.
298. Disproportion is expressed by the comparative with quam pro and
the Ablative, or with quam ut or quam qui with the Subjunctive.
299. When two qualities of the same substantive are compared, we find
either magis and quam with the positive or a double comparative.
N. 1. There is no distinction between these two expressions ; but
the latter is later. The same rule applies to the adverb.
302. The Latin superlative is often to be rendered by the English
positive, especially of persons.
303. The superlative is strengthened by multo, much, large, by far ;
vel, even ; unus, unus omnium, one above all others ; quam potuit, etc.
304. i. The Personal Pronoun is usually omitted when it is the sub-
ject of a verb.
2. The Genitive forms mei, tui, sui, nostri, vestri are used mainly as
Objective Genitives.
3. The Genitive forms nostrum and vestrum are used partitively.
305. Hie, this, refers to that ivhich is nearer the speaker, and may
mean the speaker himself, the persons with whom the speaker identifies
himself, the subject in hand, the current period of time, etc.
306. Iste, that, refers to that whicli belongs more peculiarly to the
Second Person.
SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES 185
307. Ille, that, denotes that which is more remote from the speaker, and
is often used in contrast to hie, this; it may mean : that which has been
previously mentioned, that which is well known, that which is to be
recalled, that which is expected, etc.
R. 1. Hie and ille are used together in contrasts.
308. Is, that, serves as the lacking pronoun of the Third Person, and
furnishes the regular antecedent of the Relative.
R. 3. Is does not represent a substantive before a Gen., as in the
English that of. In Latin the substantive is omitted, or repeated,
or a word of like meaning substituted.
309. The Reflexive Pronoun is used :
1. Regularly when reference is made to the grammatical subject.
The subject may be indefinite or (occasionally) impersonal.
2. Frequently when reference is made to the actual subject.
3. Regularly as the complement of the Infinitive and its equivalents
when a reflexive idea is involved ; and with prepositions erga, inter,
propter, per.
4. Sims is also used in prepositional phrases that are joined closely with
substantives.
315. Quis (qui), fainter than aliquis, is used chiefly after si, nisi, ne,
num, and in relative sentences.
N. 1. Aliquis is used after si, etc., when there is stress ; siquis,
if any ; si aliquis, if some; si quid, if anything; si quidquam, if
anything at all.
317. i. Quisquam and ullus are used chiefly in negative sentences, in
sentences that imply total negation, and in sweeping conditions.
2. The negative of quisquam is nemo, nihil; the negative of ullus is
nullus, which also takes the place of nemo in the Genitive and Ablative.
318. 3. Quisque combines readily with the reflexives sui, sibi, se, suus
in their emphatic sense.
319. Alter and alius are both translated other, another, but alter
refers to one of two, alius to diversity ; alteri alteri, one party another
party (already defined) ; alii alii, some others.
325. Any case may be attended by the same case in Predicative Attri-
bution or Opposition, which differs from the ordinary Attribution or
Opposition in translation only.
R. 6. The English idiom often uses the adverb and adverbial ex-
pressions instead of the Latin adjective.
R. 7. Primus, first ; primum, for the first time; primo, at first.
331. Verbs compounded with the prepositions ad, ante, circum, con, in,
inter, ob, per, praeter, sub, subter, super, and trans, which become transi-
tive, take the Accusative.
R. 1. If the simple verb is trans., it can take two Accusatives.
1 86 SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES
R. 2. With many of these verbs the preposition may be repeated.
R. 3. Sometimes a difference of signification is caused by the
addition of the preposition ; so with adire.
333. i. Neuter Pronouns and Adjectives are often used to define or
modify the substantival notion that lies in the verb.
2. When the dependent word is of the same origin or kindred
meaning with the verb, it is called the Cognate Accusative, and
usually has the attribute.
336. The Accusative of Extent in Time accompanies the verb, either
with or without per, in answer to the question how long 9
R. Per with the Accusative is frequently used like the Abl. of Time
Within Which, especially with the negative.
337. Names of Towns and Small Islands, when used as limits of Motion
Whither, are put in the Accusative.
R. 6. Motion to a place embraces all the local designations.
339. Active verbs signifying to Inquire, to Require, to Teach, and
celare, to conceal, take two Accusatives, one of the Person and the other
of the Thing.
N. 4. Discere is the prose word for doceri, except that the past
participle doctus is classical but rare.
345. The Indirect Object is put in the Dative with Transitive Verbs
which already have a Direct Object in the Accusative. Translation, to,
for, from.
R. 1. The Dative with verbs of Taking Away, Prohibiting, and
the like, is mostly confined to poetry and later prose. The transla-
tion/row is merely approximate, instead of for.
R. 2. The translation for is nearer the Dat. than to ; but for (in
defence of) is pro.
346. The Indirect Object is put in the Dative with many Intransitive
verbs of Advantage or Disadvantage, Yielding and Resisting, Pleasure
and Displeasure, Bidding and Forbidding.
N. 2. Cavere alicui, to fake precautions for some one, but cavere
aliquem (also de, ab aliquo\ to take precautions against some one.
348. A few verbs, chiefly of Giving and Putting, take a Dative with
an Accusative, or an Accusative with an Ablative, according to the con-
ception.
349. The Dative of Possessor is used with esse, which is then commonly
translated by the verb to have.
R. 3. Possession of qualities is expressed by esse with in and the
Ablative, by inesse with the Dative, or with in, or by some other turn.
350. i. The Person from whose point of view the action is observed or
towards whom it is directed may be put in the Dative. A convenient
but not exact translation is often the English possessive.
SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES 187
353. Noteworthy is the use of the Dative of Reference in combinations
with participles, to give either the local or the mental point of view.
356. Certain verbs take the Dative of the Object For Which (to what
end) and often at the same time a Dative of the Personal Object For
Whom or To Whom.
R. 2. The principal verbs construed with Dative For Which are
esse, dare, ducere, habere, vertere.
359. Adjectives of Likeness, Fitness, Friendliness, Nearness, and the
like, with their opposites, take the Dative.
R. 1. Similis is followed by the Genitive of the Personal Pronouns
and of gods and men, otherwise usually by the Dative.
360. i. The Genitive is the Case of the Complement, and is akin to
the Adjective. It is represented in English by (a) the Possessive case ;
(b) the Objective case with of; (c) substantives used as adjectives or in
composition.
R. 1. Other prepositions than of are not unfrequently used in
English.
R. 2. An abstract substantive with the Gen. is often to be trans-
lated as an attribute, while on the other hand the predicative
attribute is often to be translated as an abstract substantive with of.
2. The Genitive is employed chiefly as the complement of Substantives
and Adjectives ; occasionally as the complement of verbs.
363. When the substantive on which the Genitive depends contains
the idea of an action, the possession may be active or passive. Hence
the division into (i) Active or Subjective Genitive ; (2) Passive or Objec-
tive Genitive.
R. 1. The English form in of is used either actively or passively.
Hence to avoid ambiguity some other prepositions than of are often
substituted for the Passive Genitive, such as for, toivard, etc.
366. The Genitives of Possession and Quality may be used as Predicates.
R. 1. The Possession appears in a variety of forms and takes a
variety of translations.
R. 2. For the personal representative of a quality, the quality
itself may be used sometimes with but little difference, and so some-
times the adjective, except when it is of the Third Declension.
369. The Partitive Genitive is used with the Neuter Singular of many
words, but only in the Nominative and the Accusative.
R. 2. Notice the phrase nihil reliqui facere : 1, to leave nothing ;
2 (occasionally), to leave nothing undone.
372. The Partitive Genitive is used with Comparatives and Superlatives.
N. 2. Substantival neuters with no idea of quantity were rarely
followed by the Genitive in early and classical Latin, but the usage
becomes common in the Silver age, particularly in TACITUS.
188 SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN" THE NOTES
380. i. Verbs of Rating take the Genitive of the General value, the
Ablative of the Particular value.
2. Verbs of Buying take tanti, quanti, pluris, and minoris. The
rest are put in the Ablative.
R. Bene emere, to buy cheap ; male emere, to buy dear ; so, too,
melius, optime, peius, pessime.
385, Place Where is expressed by the Ablative, as a rule with the
Preposition in,
R. 1. Verbs of Placing and kindred significations take the Abla-
tive with in to designate the result of the motion.
397. The Ablative of Respect or Specification gives the Point From
Which a thing is measured or treated.
399. The Ablative of Manner is used with the preposition cum when it
has no Adjective ; with or without cum when it has an Adjective or its
Equivalent.
N. 1. The simple Ablative without an attribute is confined to a
few substantives which have acquired adverbial force.
401. The Means or Instrument is put in the Ablative without a prepo-
sition. The Agent or Doer is put in the Ablative with the preposition
ab (a). The Person Through Whom is put in the Accusative with per.
402. The Standard of Measure is put in the Ablative with verbs of
Measurement and Judgment.
408. The Ablative of Cause is used without a preposition, chiefly with
verbs of Emotion.
N. 6. The use of the Ablative for the external cause is not com-
mon in the early and classical period, except in certain formulae ;
but it becomes common later.
410. N. 4. The impersonal use of the Abl. Abs. is found not un-
frequently in early Latin and CICERO, rarely in CAESAR and SAL-
LUST. CICERO introduces a clause with ut, SALLUST the Infinitive de-
pending upon an Abl. Abs. LIVY extends this construction greatly.
R. 3. As a rule the Abl. Abs. can stand only when it is not identi-
cal with the subject, object, or dependent case of the verbal predicate.
416. i. Ad used of time refers only to the Future, and gives either a
point (ad vesperum, at evening), an interval (ad paucos dies, a few days
hence), or an approaching time, towards.
4. Apud is used chiefly of Persons : at the house of, in the presence
of, in the writings of, in the view of.
17. Penes, with = in the hands of, is used preeminently of Persons.
417. i. A is used of the point of departure.
9. Prae is used of Comparison, in the sense in comparison with.
418. i. (a) In with Accusative: of Place, into, into the midst of; of
Disposition and Direction, to, towards.
SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES 189
(b) In with Ablative: of Place, in, on ; of Time, within ; of Reference,
in the case of , in regard to, in the matter of; of Condition, in.
423. 2. N. 2. A large number of verbs of Will, Power, Duty, Habit,
etc., take the Infinitive as an Object, but many of these also take ut,
and the distinction in meaning should be clearly observed. Such
is persuadere.
427. N. 5. The Gerundives from utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor have
the personal construction, but usually only in the Oblique cases.
428. The Genitive of the Gerund and Gerundive is used chiefly after
substantives and adjectives which require a complement.
R. 2. The Gen. of the Gerund and Gerundive is used very com-
monly with causa, less often with gratia, to express Design.
435. The Accusative Supine is used chiefly after verbs of Motion to
express Design.
436. The Ablative Supine is used chiefly with Adjectives as the
Ablative of Respect or Specification. It never takes an object.
437. The Participle may be used as a substantive, but even then
retains something of the predicate nature.'
N. 1. The use as a substantive is rare in classical prose.
N. 2. The use of an attributive or predicative Perfect Participle
with a substantive is a growth in Latin. Cicero employs only the
prepositions ante, de, in, post, praeter. The usage is much extended
later.
444. i. Ne is the negative of the Imperative and of the Optative Sub-
junctive.
2. Ne is continued by neve or neu.
457. i. An, or, belongs to the second part of a Disjunctive question.
2. Especially to be noted in connection with an are the phrases nescio
an, haud scio an, I do not know but; dubito an, I doubt, I doubt but I
am inclined to think, etc. Negative particles added to these give a mild
negation.
460. i. (b) Si, ivhether, is used after verbs and sentences implying
trial.
465. Subjunctive questions which expect Imperative answers are put
chiefly in the First Person, when the question is deliberative.
466. Rhetorical Questions which anticipate a potential answer in the
negative are put in the Subjunctive.
467. The Dependent Interrogative is always in the Subjunctive. This
Subjunctive may represent the Indicative or may be original.
R. 2. The Relative has the same form as the Interrogative quis
in most of its forms, hence they are to be carefully distinguished
in dependent sentences.
190 SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES
468. The subject of the dependent clause is often treated as the object
of the leading clause by anticipation (Prolepsis).
469. Contrary to our idiom, the Interrogative is often used in parti-
cipial clauses.
470. Final sentences are used in questions more freely than in Eng-
lish.
471. () Yes is represented :
1 . By sane, sane quidem, etiam, vero, ita, omnino, certe, certo, admodum, etc.
2. By censeo, scilicet.
3. By repeating the emphatic word with or without confirmatory par-
ticles.
481. i. When multus, many, is followed by another attribute, the two
are often combined by copulative particles.
2. Several subjects or objects standing in the same relation either take
et throughout or omit it throughout.
482. Other particles are sometimes employed instead of the copulative
in the same general sense.
4. Comparative : ut ita, as so.
5. Adversative : non modo, non solum, non tantum, not only ; sed,
sed etiam, sed quoque, verum etiam, (nit even, bat a/*<>.
K. 1. Instead of non modo (solum) non sed ne quidem, the latter
non is generally omitted when the two negative clauses liarc <i
verb in common.
R. 2. Nedum, not (to speak of) yet, much less, is used either with
or without a verb in the Subjunctive.
487. Vero, of a truth, is generally put in the second place, asserts with
conviction, and is used to heighten the statement.
488. At introduces startling transitions, lively objections, remon-
strances, questions, wishes, often by way of quotation.
493. i. Aut, or, denotes absolute exclusion or substitution.
2. Aut is often corrective = or at least, at most, rather.
3. Aut aut, either or.
494. i. Vel (literally, you may choose) gives a choice, often with
etiam, eve n ; potius, rather.
2. Vel vel, either or (whether or).
511. 11. 1. The treatment of the Historical Present according to its
t^ense (past) is the rule in classical Latin.
U. 3. The Pure Perfect is usually treated as a Historical Perfect
in the matter of sequence.
513. In Consecutive Sentences the Present Subjunctive is used after
Past Tenses to denote continuance into the Preseait, the Perfect Sub-
junctive to imply final result.
SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES 191
N. 3. In relative sentences of coincident action, with causal color-
ing, either the coincidence is retained or a principal clause in the
Past is followed by the Imperfect Subjunctive.
518. When a subordinate clause depends on an Infinitive, the sequence
is historical if either the Infinitive or its governing verb is Past; if both
are Present, the sequence is primary.
521. The Reflexive is used in Infinitive Sentences, in Indirect Ques-
tions, in Sentences of Design, and in Sentences which partake of the
Oblique Relation.
R. 1. Sentences of Tendency and Result have forms of is, when
the subject is not the same as that of the leading verb ; otherwise
the Reflexive.
R. 5. Sometimes the Demonstrative is used instead of the Re-
flexive, because the narrator presents his point of view.
525. i. Quod is used to introduce explanatory clauses after verbs of
Adding and Dropping, and after verbs of Doing and Plappening with an
adverb.
527. R. 2. Verbs of Intellectual Representation are those of Thinking,
Remembering, Belief and Opinion, Expectation, Trust and Hope.
532. Verbs of Will and Desire take a Dependent Accusative and In-
finitive.
N. 1. Impero in model prose takes only the Infinitive passive or
deponent.
N. 2. After iubeo, Ibid, and veto, I forbid, the Infinitive Active
can be used without a subject.
541. Causal sentences with quod, quia, quoniam, and quando take the
Subjunctive in Oblique Discourse (partial or total).
N. 2. A rejected reason if untrue is introduced by non quod
(rarely non quia) with the Subjunctive. If true, the Indicative -may
bp used. The corresponding affirmative is given by sed quod or sed
quia with the Indicative.
543. i. Sentences of Design and Tendency both contemplate the end
the one as an aim, the other as a consequence.
2. They are alike in having th'e Subjunctive and the particle ut.
3. They differ in the tenses employed, for Final sentences take as a
rule only the Present and Imperfect, while Consecutive may take also
Perfect and Pluperfect.
4. They differ in the kind of Subjunctive. The Final Sentences take
the Optative, the Consecutive the Potential. Hence the difference in
Negative ut and ut non, ne quis and ut nemo, ne ullus and ut nullus, etc.
545. Pure Final Sentences are introduced by :
1. Ut (uti), (how) that, and other relative pronouns and adverbs.
2. Quo = ut eo, that thereby, with comparatives, that the . . . .
192 SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES
3. Ne, that not, lest, continued by neve, neu.
R. 1. Ut ne is found for ne with apparently no difference in
meaning. Quo without comparative is rare.
R. 2, Tit non is used when a particular w r ord is negatived.
R. 3. Ut and ne are used parenthetically at all periods, depend-
ing on a suppressed verb of Saying or the like.
546. Complementary Final Sentences follow verbs of Willing and
Wishing, of Warning and Beseeching, of* Urging and Demanding, of Re-
solving and Endeavoring.
R. 1. When verbs of Willing and Wishing are used as verbs of
Saying and Thinking, Knowing and Showing, the Infinitive must
be used. The English translation is that and the Indicative.
548. Verbs and phrases signifying to Prevent, to Forbid, to Refuse,
and to Beware may take ne with the Subj., if they are not negatived.
X. 1. Per aliquem stare is construed with ne, but more often with
quominus.
X. ?>. Cavere followed by ut means to be sure to ; by ne or utne,
to see to it that not; by ne, to take precautions against.
549. Verbs of Preventing and Refusing may take quominus, with the
Subjunctive.
550. Verbs of Fear are followed by ne, lest, ut (ne non), that, with any
tense of the Subjunctive.
N. 5. (a) With the Infinitive, verbs of Fear are verbs of (negative)
Will. (6) With the Accusative and Infinitive, verbs of Fear. are
verbs of Thinking or Perception.
552. R. 1. Notice especially the impersonal tantum abest, afuit (rarely
aberat) ut ut.
556. Quin, equivalent to ut non, may be used after any negative sen-
tence. Here it may often be translated 'without.'
Note the combinations (facere) non possum quin, nib.il abesse quin, etc.
562. The Imperfect is used to express an action continued into the
time of the principal clause (overlapping). The translation often indi-
cates the spectator.
567. When one action is repeated before another, the antecedent action
is put in the Perfect, Pluperfect, or Future Perfect, the subsequent action
in the Present, Imperfect, or Future, according to the relation.
570. Bum, 'while, while yet, during, takes the Present Indicative after
all tenses.
N. 1. Bum is the only temporal conjunction of limit that is loose
enough in its formation to serve for partial coextension. The Pres-
ent, after it, always connotes continuance, and the construction be-
comes practically a periphrasis for a missing Present participle.
K72. R. 2. Verba exspectandi take the Subjunctive with dum, donee, and
SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES 193
quoad when Suspense and Design are involved. But they have also
other constructions, as ut, si, quin, but- not the Infinitive.
580. Cum, H'hfii, is used with all tenses of the Indicative to designate
merely temponil relations.
R. 1. Fuit cum commonly follows the analogy of other charac-
teristic relations and takes the Subjunctive.
R. 2. Memini cum takes the Indicative. But audire cum takes
the Subjunctive parallel with the participle.
582. When the actions of the two clauses are coincident, cum is almost
equivalent to its kindred relative quod, in that.
585. Historical cum, when (as), is used in narrative with the Imperfect
Subjunctive of contemporaneous action, with the Pluperfect Subjunctive
of antecedent action, to characterize the temporal circumstances under
which an action took place.
R. Cum with the Subjunctive is a close equivalent to the partici-
ple, and often serves to supply its absence.
591. (a) Si non is the rule :
1. When the positi&rof the same verb precedes.
2. When the condition is Concessive ; in this case the principal clause
often contains an adversative particle.
(ft) Nisi is the rule :
1. When an exception or restriction is added to the leading state-
ment.
2. Especially after negatives.
R. 2. Nisi is often used after negative sentences or equivalents in
the signification of but, except, besides, only.
597. R. 3 (a). The Indicative is the regular construction in the
Apodosis of the Unreal Condition with verbs which signify Possi-
bility or Power, Obligation or Necessity; so with the active and
passive Periphrastic. But when the Possibility, etc., is conditioned,
the Subjunctive is used.
R. 5 (a). When the Apodosis of an Unreal Condition is made
to depend on a sentence which requires the Subjunctive, the
Pluperfect is turned into the Periphrastic Pluperfect Subjunctive.
598. Occasionally the members of a Conditional sentence are put side
by side without a Conditional sign.
601. R, 1. Si itself is often concessive, and the addition of et, etiam,
and tamen serves merely to fix the idea.
602. Ut si, ac si, quasi, quam si, tamquam, tamquam si, velut, velut si,
as if, are followed by the Subjunctive. The Tense follows the rule of
sequence.
605. Quamquam in the best authors is construed with the Indicative.
R. 1. The Potential Subjunctive is sometimes found.
194 SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES
R. 2. Quamquam is often used like etsi, but more frequently at
the beginning of sentences, in the same way as the English and
yet, although, however, in order to limit the whole preceding
sentence.
609. The Concessive sentence may be represented by a Participle or
Predicative Attribute.
610. The Latin language uses the relative construction, particularly in
the beginning of sentences, and in combination with conjunctions and
other relatives.
R. 1. The awkwardness or impossibility of a literal translation
may generally be relieved by the substitution of a demonstrative
with an appropriate conjunction, or the employment of an abstract
substantive.
611. Relative sentences are introduced by the Relative pronouns in all
*,heir forms : adjective, substantive, and adverbial.
R. 1. The Relative adverbs of Place and their correlatives may
be used instead of a preposition with a Relative; particularly unde =
ab eo ; less often ibi = in eo, ubi = in quo, etc.
R. 2. The Relative is not to be confounded with the Dependent
Interrogative sentence.
614. The Relative agrees with its Antecedent in Gender, Number, and
Person.
R. 1. The Relative agrees w r ith the Person of the true ante-
cedent, even when a predicate intervenes.
R. 2. When the Relative refers to a sentence, id quod, that which.
is commonly used (parenthetically). So al>o quae res, or simple quod,
and (referring to a simple substantive) is qui, etc.
616. i. The antecedent substantive is often incorporated into the
Relative clause.
N. 2. Instead of a principal clause followed by a consecutive
clause, the structure is sometimes reversed. What would have been
the dependent clause becomes the principal clause, and an incor-
porated explanatory Relative takes the place of the Demonstrative.
2. An appositional substantive from which a Relative clause depends
is regularly incorporated into the Relative clause.
3. Adjectives, especially superlatives, are sometimes transferred from
the substantive in the principal clause and made to agree with the
Relative in the Relative clause.
X. 2. Instead of a Principal clause followed by a Consecutive
clause, the structure is sometimes reversed and an incorporated
explanatory Relative clause takes the place of the Demonstrative.
624. The Relative clause, as such that is, as the representative of an
adjective takes the Indicative mood.
SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES 195
R. The Relative in this use often serves as a circumlocution for
a substantive, with this difference: that the substantive expresses
a permanent relation ; the Relative clause, a transient relation.
626. Qui with the Indicative (= is enim, for he) often approaches quod,
in tl\ at.
X. 1. This causal sense is heightened by ut, utpote, quippe.
627. The Subjunctive is employed in Relative clauses where it would
be used in a simple sentence.
R. 1. Especially to be noted is the Subjunctive in restrictive
phrases, principally quod sciam.
629. Relative sentences which depend on Infinitives and Subjunc-
tives, and form an integral part of the thought, are put in the Sub-
junctive.
R. The Indicative is used (a) in mere circumlocutions (particu-
larly in Consecutive sentences) ; (b) of individual facts.
630. Optative Relative sentences are put in the Subjunctive of Design
when qui = ut is.
631. Potential Relative sentences are put in the Subjunctive of
Tendency :
1. With a definite antecedent, when the chaj'acter is emphasized; reg-
ularly after idoneus, aptus, dignus, indignus ; is, talis, eiusmodi, tantus,
etc.; unus and solus.
2. With an indefinite antecedent ; so especially after negatives of all
kinds, interrogatives, and many combinations.
3. After comparatives with quam.
635. The Accusative and Infinitive may be used in Oratio Obliqua after
a Relative, when the Relative is to be resolved into a coordinating con-
junction and the demonstrative.
636. Relative sentences are combined by means of Copulative Con-
junctions only ivhen they are actually coordinate.
X. 2. (a) The Relative is not combined with adversative or
illative conjunctions, except at the beginning of a sentence, when it
represents a following demonstrative or anticipates it.
637. The Relative sentence is sometimes represented by a Participle.
642. Correlative sentences of Comparison are introduced by Adjective
and Adverbial Correlatives :
1. Adjective: tot quot (as (so) many as), tantus quantus (as (so) great
as), talis qualis (such as), idem qui (the same as).
2. Adverbial: tarn quam (as (so) much as), totiens(es) quotiens(es)
(as often as), ita, sic ut, uti (as (so) as).
R. 2. (a) The more the more may be translated by quo (quisque)
eo and the like, with the comparatives; but usually by ut (quisque),
quam ita, tarn, with the superlative, especially when the subject is
indefinite.
196 SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES
(6) When the predicate is the same, one member often coalesces
with the other.
R. 4. Ut and pro eo ut are frequently used in a limiting or causal
sense : so far a*, inasmuch as.
643. Adjectives and Adverbs of Likeness and U-nlikeness may take
atque and ac.
X. :]. Alius and secus have quam occasionally at all periods.
644. R. 3. (a) When two clauses are compared by potius, rather,
prius, before, citius, quicker, sooner, the second clause is put in the
Pr. or Impf. Subjv. with or (in CICERO regularly) without ut. (b) If
the leading clause is in the Infin., the dependent clause may be
in the Infin. likewise, and this is the regular construction in clas-
sical Latin when the Infin. follows a verb of Will and Desire.
648. The thoughts of the narrator, as reported by the narrator, are
called Oratio Recta, or Direct Discourse.
Indirect Discourse, or Oratio Obliqua, reports not the exact words
spoken, but the general impression produced.
R. 2. Inquam, quoth /, is used in citing Oratio Recta : aio, I 'say,
generally in Oratio Obliqua. Inquam is always parenthetic ; aio may
or may not be parenthetic.
649. X. 2. Oratio Obliqua often comes in without any formal notice,
and the governing verb has often to be supplied from the context.
651. In Oratio Obliqua Interrogative sentences are put in the SUD-
junctive. inasmuch as the verb of Saying involves the verb of Asking.
R. j. Indicative Rhetorical Questions, being substantially state-
ments, are transferred from the Indie, of 0. R. to the Ace. and Inf.
of 0. 0. when they are in the First and Third Persons. The Second
Person goes into the Subjunctive.
655. Object, Causal, Temporal, and Relative clauses follow the general
laws for Subordinate clauses in Oratio Obliqua.
R. 1. Coordinate clauses are put in the Accusative and Infinitive.
R. 2. Relative clauses are put in the Indicative : (a) in mere cir-
cumlocutions ; (b) in explanations of the narrator.
R. 3. Bum with the Indicative is often retained as a mere circum-
locution.
664. Participles are used in Latin to express a great variety of sub-
ordinate relations, such as Time and Circumstance, Cause and Occasion,
Condition and Concession.
R. 1. It is sometimes convenient to translate a participial sentence
by a coordinate clause, but the Participle itself is never coordinate,
and such clauses are never equivalents.
R. 2. A common translation of the Participle is an abstract sub-
stantive.
SYNTACTICAL REFERENCES IN THE NOTES 197
665. Participles may represent Time When.
666. Participles may represent Cause Why.
667. Participles may represent Condition and Concession.
670. In later Latin the Future Participle (active) is used to represent
subordinate relations :
i. Time When; 2. Cause Why; 3. Purpose (usually after a verb of
Motion) ; 4. Condition and Concession.
677. Adverbs are commonly put next to their verb (before it when it
pnds a sentence), and immediately before their adjective or adverb.
R, 1. Fere, paene, prope usually follow.
R. 2. Negatives always precede.
678. R. 5. Monosyllabic prepositions sometimes append the enclitics,
but usually the enclitics join the dependent substantive.
682. When pairs are contrasted, the second is put in the same order as
the first, but often in inverse order. The employment of the same ordei
is called Anaphora ; the inverse order is called Chiasmus.
698. Hendiadys consists in putting two substantives connected by a
copulative conjunction instead of one substantive and an adjective 01
attributive Genitive.
700. Litotes, or Understatement, is the use of an expression by whict
more is meant than meets the ear. This is especially common with the
negative.
THE fiILDERSLEEVE=LODGE LATIN SERIES
UNDER THE EDITORIAL SUPERVISION OF
BASIL L. GILDERSLEEVE AND GONZALEZ LODGE
PROFESSOR OF GREEK PROFESSOR OF LATIN
JOHNS HOIKINS UNIVERSITY TEACHERS COLLEGE, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
WITH THE COOPERATION OF
MOSES S. SLAUGHTER AND THOMAS FITZ-HUGH
PROFESSOR OF LATIN PROFESSOR OF LATIN
UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA
FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS
Gildersleeve's Latin Grammar. (School Edition.) By Pro-
fessors GILDERSLEEVE and LODGE. vi + 33o pages. Price
80 cents.
A First Book in Latin, by CHARLES W. BAIN, late Head
Master of the Sewanee Grammar School in the University
of the South. Professor in South Carolina College, viii + 335
pages. Price 75 cents.
Caesar's Gallic War, by HARRY F. TOWLE ssid PAUL R. JENKS,
Boys' High School, Brooklyn, xlviii + 558 pages. Price $1.25.
Also, Gallic War, Books I-IV, xlviii + 41 4 pp. Price $1.00.
Dotey's Latin Exercise Books on Caesar's Gallic War.
Price: Book L, 25 cents; Book II., 20 cents; Book III.,
20 cents ; Book IV., 20 cents.
Writing Latin. Book One Second Year Work. By J. ED-
MUND BARSS, Latin Master, Hotchkiss School, Connecticut.
87 pages. Price 50 cents.
Writing Latin. Book Two Third and Fourth Year Work.
By J. EDMUND BARSS. 172 pages. Price 75 cents.
Cicero's Orations, by ROBERT W. TUNSTALL, Classical Master
in Tome Institute, Maryland. xlvi + 57o pages. Price $1.20.
Also, Six Orations of Cicero, xlvi + 390 pages. Price $1.00.
Selections from Ovid, by JAMES N. ANDERSON, Instructor in
Vanderbilt University. 270 pages. Price $1.00.
[OVER]
THE GILDERSLERVE-LODGE LATIN SERIES Continued.
FOR COLLEGES
Gildersleeve's Latin Grammar (Third Edition, 1894). Re-
vised and enlarged. By Professors GILDERSLEEVE and
LODGE. x + 550 pages. Price $1.20.
Latin Composition, intended for the first year in college or
highest classes in secondary schools. By Professors GILDER-
SLEEVE and LODGE. Second edition. Cloth, iv+ 196 pages.
Price 75 cents. Key price 60 cents.
Exercises for Translation into Latin Prose, by J. LEVER-
ETT MOORE, Professor in Vassar College, and BEATRICE REY-
NOLDS KINKEAD. Second edition. Cloth, 80 pp. Price 50 cents.
Cicero, De Officiis, Book L, by F. E. ROCKWOOD, Professor in
Bucknell University. Cloth, xxviii-f-i55 pages. Price 90
cents.
Cicero, the Second Philippic, by E. G. SIHLER, Professor in
New York University. Cloth, xxxvi -1-124 pages. Price 80
cents.
Selections from the Elegiac Poets, by JESSE B. CARTER,
Assistant Professor in Princeton University. Cloth, xlvii + 283
pages. Price $1.25.
Juvenal, by H. L. WILSON, Associate Professor Johns Hopkins
University. Cloth, lxxviii + 2 94 pages. Price $1.25.
Livy, Books I, XXI and XXII, by Dr. EMORY B. LEASE, of the
College of the City of New York. Price $1.25.
Other Books in Preparation
Correspondence invited.
UNIVERSITY PUBLISHING COMPANY
27-29 West 23d Street, New York
Ci
o
CD
LO
to
N
o
*
5b
cd
CO O
OJ PU
PQ S
^ O
CD
&5
0) ^
O
University of Toronto
Library
DO NOT
REMOVE
THE
CARD
FROM
THIS
POCKET
Acme Library Card Pocket
LOWE-MARTIN CO. LIMITED
